210
WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA, Rel. RU30, Operating Documentation, Issue 08 Activating and Verifying RU20 Features DN0988674 Issue 01H Approval Date 2012-08-24 Confidential

Activate RU20 Feature

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

test

Citation preview

Page 1: Activate RU20 Feature

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA, Rel. RU30, Operating Documentation, Issue 08

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

DN0988674

Issue 01HApproval Date 2012-08-24

Confidential

Page 2: Activate RU20 Feature

2 DN0988674Issue 01H

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the documentation.

The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which may not be covered by the document.

Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO EVENT WILL Nokia Siemens Networks BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTA-TION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDI-RECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT.

This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.

The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.

Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.

Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2012. All rights reserved

f Important Notice on Product SafetyThis product may present safety risks due to laser, electricity, heat, and other sources of danger.

Only trained and qualified personnel may install, operate, maintain or otherwise handle this product and only after having carefully read the safety information applicable to this product.

The safety information is provided in the Safety Information section in the “Legal, Safety and Environmental Information” part of this document or documentation set.

The same text in German:

f Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit Von diesem Produkt können Gefahren durch Laser, Elektrizität, Hitzeentwicklung oder andere Gefahrenquellen ausgehen.

Installation, Betrieb, Wartung und sonstige Handhabung des Produktes darf nur durch geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal unter Beachtung der anwendbaren Sicherheits-anforderungen erfolgen.

Die Sicherheitsanforderungen finden Sie unter „Sicherheitshinweise“ im Teil „Legal, Safety and Environmental Information“ dieses Dokuments oder dieses Dokumentations-satzes.

Page 3: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 3

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

Table of contentsThis document has 210 pages.

Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.1 Introduction to RU20 Feature Activation Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.1.1 RU20 radio resource management features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.1.1.1 Reference documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.1.2 RU20 telecom features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.1.2.1 Reference documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.1.3 RU20 transmission and transport features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151.1.3.1 Reference documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.1.4 RU20 operability features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171.1.5 RU20 performance monitoring features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181.1.5.1 Information on parameters, counters, and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181.1.6 RU20 RNC solution features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191.1.6.1 Reference documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.1.7 RU20 BTS solution features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211.1.7.1 Information on Parameters, Counters, and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2 Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2 Activate and verify radio resource management and telecom features . 252.1 Activating RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data . . . . . . . . . . 252.1.1 Activating Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252.1.2 Verifying Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272.1.3 Deactivating Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282.2 Activating RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292.2.1 Deactivating Power Saving Mode for BTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292.2.2 Verifying Power Saving Mode for BTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302.2.3 Activating Power Saving Mode for BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312.3 RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352.3.1 Activating HSUPA 5.8 Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352.3.2 Verifying HSUPA 5.8 Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372.3.3 Deactivating HSUPA 5.8 Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.4 Activating RAN1201 and RAN1644: Fractional DPCH and Continuous

Packet Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392.4.1 Activating RAN1201: Fractional DPCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392.4.1.1 Activating Fractional DPCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392.4.1.2 Verifying Fractional DPCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442.4.1.3 Deactivating Fractional DPCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462.4.2 Activating RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472.4.2.1 Activating Continuous packet connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472.4.2.2 Verifying Continuous packet connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502.4.2.3 Deactivating Continuous packet connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512.5 Activating RAN1202: 24 kbps Paging Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522.5.1 Activating 24 kbps paging channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522.5.2 Verifying 24 kbps paging channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Page 4: Activate RU20 Feature

4 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

2.5.3 Deactivating 24 kbps paging channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552.6 RAN1231: HSPA over Iur (On Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572.6.1 Activating HSPA over Iur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572.6.1.1 Activating HSPA over Iur for IPA-RNC solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572.6.1.2 Activating HSPA over Iur for I-HSPA Adapter solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592.6.2 Verifying HSPA over Iur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622.6.3 Deactivating HSPA over Iur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642.7 RAN1470: HSUPA 2ms TTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652.7.1 Activating HSUPA 2 ms TTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652.7.2 Verifying HSUPA 2 ms TTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672.7.3 Deactivating HSUPA 2 ms TTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682.8 RAN1642: MIMO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692.8.1 Activating MIMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692.8.1.1 Activating MIMO for IPA-RNC and mcRNC solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692.8.1.2 Activating MIMO for I-HSPA solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712.8.2 Verifying MIMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732.8.3 Deactivating MIMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752.9 RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762.9.1 Activating HSDPA 64QAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762.9.2 Verifying HSDPA 64QAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792.9.3 Deactivating HSDPA 64QAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802.10 RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812.10.1 Activating HSPA 72 Users per Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812.10.2 Verifying HSPA 72 Users per Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832.10.3 Deactivating HSPA 72 Users per Cell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852.11 RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA (On Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862.11.1 Activating CS Voice over HSPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862.11.1.1 Activating CS Voice over HSPA for IPA-RNC and mcRNC solution. . . . 862.11.1.2 Activating CS Voice over HSPA for I-HSPA Adapter solution . . . . . . . . 882.11.2 Verifying CS Voice over HSPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902.11.3 Deactivating CS Voice over HSPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912.12 Activating RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922.12.1 Activating Multiple BSIC Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922.12.2 Verifying Multiple BSIC Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932.12.3 Deactivating Multiple BSIC Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942.13 RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps (On Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952.13.1 Activating Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps (On Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952.13.2 Verifying Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982.13.3 Deactivating Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992.14 Activating RAN2067: LTE Interworking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002.14.1 Activating LTE Interworking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002.14.2 Verifying LTE Interworking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012.14.3 Deactivating LTE Interworking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022.15 Activating RAN2176: LTE PS Handover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032.15.1 Activating LTE PS Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032.15.2 Verifying LTE PS Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042.15.3 Deactivating LTE PS Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Page 5: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 5

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

2.16 Activating RAN2289 Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062.16.1 Activating Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062.16.2 Verifying Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102.16.3 Deactivating Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

3 Activate and verify transmission and transport features . . . . . . . . . . . 1123.1 Activating RAN74, RAN1634, RAN1449, and RAN1633: IP Based Iub and

Dual Iub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123.1.1 Activating IP based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123.1.2 Activating IP based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183.1.3 Verifying IP based Iub for Flexi and UltraSite WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . 1243.1.4 Deactivating IP based Iub for Flexi and UltraSite WCDMA BTS . . . . . 1253.1.5 Activating Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263.1.6 Verifying Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323.1.7 Deactivating Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333.2 Activating RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343.2.1 Activating HSPA Transport Fallback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343.2.2 Verifying HSPA Transport Fallback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383.2.3 Deactivating HSPA Transport Fallback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393.3 Activating RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN . . . . . . . . . 1403.3.1 Activating Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403.3.2 Verifying Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433.3.3 Deactivating Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443.4 Activating RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453.4.1 Activating BTS Synchronous Ethernet in Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . 1453.4.2 Activating BTS Synchronous Ethernet in UltraSite WCDMA BTS . . . . 1473.4.3 Verifying BTS Synchronous Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493.4.4 Deactivating BTS Synchronous Ethernet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503.5 Activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513.5.1 Activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513.5.2 Verifying RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1633.5.3 Deactivating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643.6 Activating RAN1749: BTS Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653.6.1 Activating BTS Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653.6.2 Verifying BTS Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663.6.3 Deactivating BTS Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

4 Activate and verify operability and transport features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684.1 Activating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface . . . . 1684.1.1 Activating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface . . . . 1684.1.2 Verifying RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface . . . . . 1704.1.3 Deactivating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface . . 1714.2 Activating RAN1298 and RAN1299: BTS plug-and-play . . . . . . . . . . . 1724.2.1 Activating RAN1298: BTS auto connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724.2.2 Verifying RAN1298: BTS auto connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1784.2.3 Deactivating RAN1298: BTS auto connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1804.2.4 Activating BTS Auto connection and Auto configuration through the NetAct

1814.2.4.1 About this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Page 6: Activate RU20 Feature

6 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

4.2.4.2 Preconditions and requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1814.2.4.3 Enabling autotriggering of WBTS auto configuration (optional) . . . . . . 1864.2.4.4 Configuring e-mail notification (optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874.2.4.5 Auto Configuration Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894.2.4.6 Where to find more information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894.3 Feature RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection, Feature Activation Manual . .

1904.3.1 Activating RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904.3.2 Verifying RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924.3.3 Deactivating RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1934.4 Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1944.4.1 Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1944.4.2 Verifying RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964.4.3 Modifying RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction functionality. . . . . . . 1984.4.4 Deactivating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

5 Activate and verify performance monitoring features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015.1 Activating RAN1311: Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report 2015.1.1 Activating Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report . . . . . . . . . 2015.1.2 Verifying Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report . . . . . . . . . . 2035.1.3 Deactivating Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report . . . . . . . 2045.2 Activating RAN1312: Channel Element Utilization in WBTS . . . . . . . . 2055.2.1 Activating Channel Element Utilization in WBTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055.2.2 Verifying Channel Element Utilization in WBTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065.2.3 Deactivating Channel Element Utilization in WBTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2075.3 Activating RAN1509: RAB Bit Rate Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085.3.1 Activating RAB Bit Rate Counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085.3.2 Verifying RAB Bit Rate Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2095.3.3 Deactivating RAB Bit Rate Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Page 7: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 7

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

List of figuresFigure 1 Object locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Figure 2 Selecting the Edit parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Figure 3 Example of configuring FDPCHAndSRBOnHSPATC RNHSPA parameter

with parameter editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Figure 4 Example of configuring AMRLCSRBHSPA RNRLC parameter with param-

eter editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Figure 5 Selecting the Edit parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Figure 6 Configuring the RNHSPA parameters for NRT traffic class with 10 ms TTI

with parameter editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Figure 7 IP-based Iub connectivity for Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Figure 8 IP-based Iub connectivity for UltraSite WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Figure 9 Dual Iub connectivity for Flexi WCDMA BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Figure 10 Example of IP addressing scheme for VLAN Traffic Differentiation. . . 151Figure 11 Example of IP addressing scheme for VLAN Traffic Differentiation for

mcRNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Figure 12 RNC, WBTS, CA/CR settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Figure 13 The BTS object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Figure 14 Auto Connection HW ID and Site ID parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Figure 15 Upload dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Figure 16 BTS Auto Connection option under the RNC Options parameter . . . . 184Figure 17 Software Manager view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Page 8: Activate RU20 Feature

8 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac7aConfidential

List of tablesTable 1 Radio resource management features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Table 2 Radio resource management and telecom features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Table 3 Transmission and transport features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Table 4 Operability features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Table 5 Performance monitoring features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Table 6 RNC solution features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Table 7 BTS solution features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Table 8 Counters that values are incremented after activating the RAN1201: Frac-

tional DPCH feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Table 9 The counter that value is incremented after activating the RAN1644: Con-

tinuous packet connectivity feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Table 10 Allowed combinations for transport bearers on IP transport network . 126Table 11 Site router static routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Table 12 VLANs for different traffic types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Table 13 WBTS static routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Table 14 NPGE static routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Table 15 licenses needed for BTS auto configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Table 16 licenses recommended for BTS auto configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Page 9: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 9

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Summary of changes

Id:0900d8058095ac8cConfidential

Summary of changesChanges between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all changes made to previous issues.

The following feature activation instructions have not been tested for mcRNC2.0:

• Activating RAN2067: LTE interworking • Activating RAN2176: LTE PS Handover

Changes between issues 01G (2012-05-25, RU30) and 01H (2012-08-24, RU30)The following feature activation instructions has been updated:

• Activating RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users Per Cell

Changes between issues 01F (2012-04-20, RU30) and 01G (2012-05-25, RU30)List of untested feature activation instructions has been updated.

The following feature activation instructions has been updated:

• Activating RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase • Activating RAN1231: HSPA over Iur • Activating RAN2067: LTE interworking • Activating RAN2176: LTE PS Handover

Changes between issues 01E (2012-02-23, RU30) and 01F (2012-04-20, RU30)List of untested feature activation instructions has been updated.

The following feature activation instructions has been updated:

• Activating RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identification • Activating RAN1298 and RAN1299: BTS plug-and-play

Changes between issues 01B (2011-07-26, RU30) and 01C (2011-09-23, RU30)The following feature activation instructions have been updated:

• Activating RAN1311: Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report

Page 10: Activate RU20 Feature

10 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

1 Introduction

1.1 Introduction to RU20 Feature Activation Instructions

1.1.1 RU20 radio resource management featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WCDMA RAN functionality and feature activation:

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description and other related documents

Feature implementation

RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN HSDPA in BTS

Activating RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM

RAN1470: HSUPA 2ms TTI WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

Activating RAN1470: HSUPA 2ms TTI

RAN1201: Fractional DPCH WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

RNC Call Setup and Release

WCDMA RAN HSDPA in BTS

WCDMA RAN HSUPA in BTS

Activating RAN1201 and RAN1644: Fractional DPCH and Continuous packet connectivity

RAN1644: Continuous Packet Con-nectivity

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

Packet Data Transfer States

WCDMA RAN HSUPA in BTS

Activating RAN1201 and RAN1644: Fractional DPCH and Continuous packet connectivity

Table 1 Radio resource management features

Page 11: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 11

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

RAN1638: Flexible RLC (DL) WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

WCDMA RAN HSDPA in BTS

Activating RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM

RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

Activating RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS

RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users Per Cell WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN HSDPA in BTS

WCDMA RAN HSUPA in BTS

Activating RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users Per Cell

RAN1642: MIMO WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

Activating RAN1642: MIMO

RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identifica-tion (On Top)

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

Activating RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identification

RAN2067: LTE interworking (On Top)

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

Activating RAN2067: LTE inter-working

RAN2176: LTE PS Handover (On Top)

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

Activating RAN2176: LTE PS Handover

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description and other related documents

Feature implementation

Table 1 Radio resource management features (Cont.)

Page 12: Activate RU20 Feature

12 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase (On Top)

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase

RAN1689: CS Voice Over HSPA (On Top)

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Packet Sched-uler

RNC Call Setup and Release

Power Control in WCDMA RAN

WCDMA RAN HSDPA in BTS

WCDMA RAN HSUPA in BTS

Activating RAN1689: CS Voice Over HSPA (On Top)

RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42 Mbps (On Top)

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

RNC Call Setup and Release

Activating RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42 Mbps (On Top)

RAN1231: HSPA over Iur (On Top) WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

WCDMA RAN SRNS Relocation

WCDMA RAN RRM Handover Control

WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

Activating RAN1231: HSPA over Iur (On Top)

RAN1762: Direct Resource Alloca-tion for HSPA (On Top)

WCDMA RAN Radio Resource Management Overview

WCDMA RAN RRM HSDPA

WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

This feature does not require activa-tion.

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description and other related documents

Feature implementation

Table 1 Radio resource management features (Cont.)

Page 13: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 13

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

1.1.1.1 Reference documentationFor information on the parameters, counters and alarms related to each feature, see the Management data section of the feature descriptions.

For parameter descriptions, see:

• WCDMA Radio Network Configuration Parameters • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters for Multicontroller RNC • OMS LDAP parameters • AXC Parameters • Flexi Transport Module Parameters • Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Parameters • UltraSite BTS WCDMA Parameters • Multicontroller Radio Network Configuration Parameters • ATM Configuration Plan Interface Parameters • Frequently Used Parameters of SS7 signalling over IP • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters • PRFILE Descriptions • Radio Network Parameters in I-HSPA • I-HSPA Adapter Signaling Plan Parameters • Reference Information Service in NOLS for RNC parameters

For counter descriptions, see:

• RNC Counters - RNW Part • RNC Counters – Transport and HW Part • WBTS Counters • AXC Counters • I-HSPA Adapter Measurements and Counters • Reference Information Service in NOLS

For alarm descriptions, see:

• Multicontroller RNC Notices (0-999) • Multicontroller RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • Multicontroller RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • Multicontroller RNC Alarms (70000-72000) • IPA-RNC Notices (0-999) • IPA-RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • IPA-RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • IPA-RNC Diagnosis Reports (3700-3999) • Multicontroller RNC, IPA-RNC and I-HSPA Adapter Base Station Alarms (7000-

9000)

RAN2136: Fast Dormancy (On Top) WCDMA RAN Packet Data Transfer States

This feature does not require activa-tion.

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description and other related documents

Feature implementation

Table 1 Radio resource management features (Cont.)

Page 14: Activate RU20 Feature

14 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

• Troubleshooting Flexi WCDMA Base Station • Flexi WCDMA Base Station Faults • Troubleshooting UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station • UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station Faults • I-HSPA Adapter Notices (0-999) • I-HSPA Adapter Disturbances (1000-1999) • I-HSPA Adapter Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • I-HSPA Adapter Alarms (70000-72000) • OMS Alarms • AXC Alarms

For information on license management, see Nokia Siemens Networks license manage-ment concept and its implementation in WCDMA RAN in License management in WCDMA RAN.

1.1.2 RU20 telecom featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WCDMA RAN functionality and feature activation:

1.1.2.1 Reference documentationFor information on the parameters, counters and alarms related to each feature, see the Management data section of the feature descriptions.

For parameter descriptions, see:

• WCDMA Radio Network Configuration Parameters • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters for Multicontroller RNC • OMS LDAP parameters • AXC Parameters • Flexi Transport Module Parameters • Flexi WCDMA BTS Parameters • UltraSite WCDMA BTS Parameters • Reference Information Service in NOLS for RNC parameters

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description and other related documents

Feature implementation

RAN1202: 24 kbps Paging Channel WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

RNC Call Setup and Release

Activating RAN1202: 24 kbps Paging Channel

RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps WCDMA RAN RRM HSUPA

WCDMA RAN HSUPA in BTS

Activating RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps

RAN1322: Fast L1 Syncronisation WCDMA RAN RRM Admission Control

This feature does not require activa-tion.

RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data WCDMA RAN Location Services

Activating RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data

Table 2 Radio resource management and telecom features

Page 15: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 15

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

For counter descriptions, see:

• RNC counters - RNW part • RNC counters – transport and HW part • WBTS counters • AXC counters • Reference Information Service in NOLS

For alarm descriptions, see:

• Multicontroller RNC Notices (0-999) • Multicontroller RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • Multicontroller RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • RNC Notices (0-999) • IPA-RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • IPA-RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • IPA-RNC Diagnosis Reports (3700-3999) • Multicontroller RNC and IPA-RNC Base Station Alarms (7000-9000) • Troubleshooting Flexi WCDMA Base Station • Flexi WCDMA Base Station faults • Troubleshooting UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station • UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station faults

For information on license management, see Nokia Siemens Networks license manage-ment concept and its implementation in WCDMA RAN in License management in WCDMA RAN.

1.1.3 RU20 transmission and transport featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WCDMA RAN functionality and feature activation:

Feature Other related descriptions Related instructions

RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Network Protec-tion

Activating RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback

RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Synchronization Activating RAN1708: BTS Synchro-nous Ethernet

RAN1706: Transport sub-module FTFB for Flexi WCDMA BTS

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Transmission Description

This feature does not require activa-tion

RAN1819: Transport sub-module FTLB for Flexi Multimode BTS

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Transmission Description

This feature does not require activa-tion

RAN1701: AXCF Unit for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

UltraSite WCDMA BTS Product Description

AXC Product Description

Activating and operating the feature in RAN1701: AXCF Unit for the UltraSite WCDMA BTS

RAN1633: Dual Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

AXC Product Description

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA IP Transport

Activating RAN74, RAN1634, RAN1449, and RAN1633: IP based Iub and Dual Iub

RAN1749: BTS Firewall WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Transport Security

Activating RAN1749: BTS Firewall

Table 3 Transmission and transport features

Page 16: Activate RU20 Feature

16 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

1.1.3.1 Reference documentationFor information on the parameters, counters and alarms related to each feature, see the Management data section of the feature descriptions.

For parameter descriptions, see:

• WCDMA Radio Network Configuration Parameters • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters for Multicontroller RNC • OMS LDAP parameters • AXC Parameters • Flexi Transport Module Parameters • Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Parameters • UltraSite BTS WCDMA Parameters • Multicontroller Radio Network Configuration Parameters • ATM Configuration Plan Interface Parameters • Frequently Used Parameters of SS7 signalling over IP • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters • PRFILE Descriptions • Radio Network Parameters in I-HSPA • I-HSPA Adapter Signaling Plan Parameters • Reference Information Service in NOLS for RNC parameters

For counter descriptions, see:

• RNC Counters - RNW Part • RNC Counters – Transport and HW Part • WBTS Counters • AXC Counters • I-HSPA Adapter Measurements and Counters • Reference Information Service in NOLS

For alarm descriptions, see:

• Multicontroller RNC Notices (0-999) • Multicontroller RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • Multicontroller RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • Multicontroller RNC Alarms (70000-72000)

RAN2381: Juniper EX4200 as RNC Site Router

This feature does not have any related docu-ments.

Configuring RNC IP Site Solution Based on Juniper EX4200 Routers

RAN1883: FlexiPacket Radio Con-nectivity (On Top)

This feature does not have any related docu-ments.

This feature does not require activa-tion

RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Inte-grated CESoPSN (On Top)

This feature does not have any related docu-ments.

Activating RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN

RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentia-tion (On Top)

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA IP Transport Activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Dif-ferentiation

RAN2427: Juniper Mx-series as RNC Site Router (On Top)

This feature does not have any related docu-ments.

Configuring RNC IP site solution based on Juniper MX series routers

Feature Other related descriptions Related instructions

Table 3 Transmission and transport features (Cont.)

Page 17: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 17

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

• IPA-RNC Notices (0-999) • IPA-RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • IPA-RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • IPA-RNC Diagnosis Reports (3700-3999) • Multicontroller RNC, IPA-RNC and I-HSPA Adapter Base Station Alarms (7000-

9000) • Troubleshooting Flexi WCDMA Base Station • Flexi WCDMA Base Station Faults • Troubleshooting UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station • UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station Faults • I-HSPA Adapter Notices (0-999) • I-HSPA Adapter Disturbances (1000-1999) • I-HSPA Adapter Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • I-HSPA Adapter Alarms (70000-72000) • OMS Alarms • AXC Alarms

For information on license management, see Nokia Siemens Networks license manage-ment concept and its implementation in WCDMA RAN in License management in WCDMA RAN.

1.1.4 RU20 operability featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WCDMA RAN functionality and feature activation:

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description Feature implementation

RAN1461: RNC RNW Alarm Reduction

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Fault Management

Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction

RAN1298: BTS Auto Connec-tion

This feature does not have any related documents.

Activating RAN1298 and 1299: BTS plug-and-play

RAN1299: BTS Auto Configu-ration

This feature does not have any related documents.

Activating RAN1298 and 1299: BTS plug-and-play

RAN885: Remote BTS SCF Management for Flexi/Ultra/MetroSite BTSs

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Configuration Management

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1646: Parallel RNW Direct activations and plan operation

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Configuration Management

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1653: Remote RNC SW management

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Software Management

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1849: BTS Licensing - Logical Target ID for Flexi BTS

WCDMA RAN License Opera-tion

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1851: BTS Licensing - Configuration and Alarm enhancements

WCDMA RAN License Opera-tion

This feature does not require activation.

Table 4 Operability features

Page 18: Activate RU20 Feature

18 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

1.1.5 RU20 performance monitoring featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WCDMA RAN functionality and feature activation:

1.1.5.1 Information on parameters, counters, and alarmsFor information on the parameters, counters and alarms related to each feature, see the System impact section of the feature descriptions.

For parameter descriptions, see:

• WCDMA radio network configuration parameters • RNC OMS LDAP parameters • Plan Editor AXC Parameters

RAN1209: Secure BTS Element Manager Interface

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA O&M Security

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA O&M Security

Activating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface

RAN1313: Support for Longer User Name and RUIM Activa-tion in RNC

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA O&M Security

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1717: Network Element Certificate Management for Ultrasite

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA O&M Security

This feature does not require activation.

RAN1750: NetAct integrated RET management (On Top)

WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA-Configuration Management

This feature does not require activation.

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Description Feature implementation

Table 4 Operability features (Cont.)

Feature ID: Name Functional Area Descriptions and other related documents

Feature implementation

RAN1136: Separate Counters for Relocations

Measuring WCDMA RAN

RNC counters - RNW part

This feature does not require activa-tion.

RAN1509: RAB Bit Rate Counters

RNC counters - RNW part Activating RAN1509: RAB Bit Rate Counters.

RAN1713: Ethernet QoS Monitoring in BTS

WBTS Counters This feature does not require activa-tion.

RAN1312: Channel Element Utilization in WBTS

Measuring WCDMA RAN

WBTS Counters

Activating RAN1312: Channel Element Utilization in WBTS.

RAN1311: Position Infor-mation in Subscriber Trace Report

WCDMA RAN subscriber and equipment trace

Activating RAN1311: Position Infor-mation in Subscriber Trace Report

Table 5 Performance monitoring features

Page 19: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 19

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

• Plan Editor Flexi Transport Module Parameters • Plan Editor Flexi WCDMA BTS Parameters • Plan Editor UltraSite WCDMA BTS Parameters • Reference Information Service in NOLS for RNC parameters

For counter descriptions, see:

• RNC counters - RNW part • RNC counters – transport and HW part • WBTS counters • AXC counters • Reference Information Service in NOLS

For alarm descriptions, see:

• RNC Notices (0-999) • RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • RNC Diagnosis Reports (3700-3999) • RNC Base Station Alarms (7000-7900) • Troubleshooting Flexi WCDMA Base Station • Flexi WCDMA Base Station faults • Troubleshooting UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station • UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station faults

For information on licence management, see Nokia Siemens Networks license manage-ment concept and its implementation in WCDMA RAN in License management in WCDMA RAN.

1.1.6 RU20 RNC solution featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WCDMA RAN functionality and descriptive documents:

Feature ID: Name Descriptions Instructions

RAN1783: Standalone OMS for RNC

Standalone RNC OMS Product Description

Installing and Commissioning OMS

Upgrading from Integrated RNC 5.0 OMS to Standalone RNC 6.0 OMS

RAN1795: RNC2600 coverage opti-mized solution

RNC2600 Product Description This feature does not require activa-tion.

RAN1766: Gigabit level RNC196 step8 upgrade

RNC196 Product Description HW upgrade instructions

RAN1782: OMS disk capacity increase

This feature does not have any related documents

This feature does not require activa-tion.

RAN1793: SW Enhanced RNC2600 RNC2600 Product Description This feature does not require activa-tion.

Table 6 RNC solution features

Page 20: Activate RU20 Feature

20 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

1.1.6.1 Reference documentationFor information on the parameters, counters and alarms related to each feature, see the Management data section of the feature descriptions.

For parameter descriptions, see:

• WCDMA Radio Network Configuration Parameters • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters for Multicontroller RNC • OMS LDAP parameters • AXC Parameters • Flexi Transport Module Parameters • Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Parameters • UltraSite BTS WCDMA Parameters • Multicontroller Radio Network Configuration Parameters • ATM Configuration Plan Interface Parameters • Frequently Used Parameters of SS7 signalling over IP • IP Configuration Plan Interface Parameters • PRFILE Descriptions • Radio Network Parameters in I-HSPA • I-HSPA Adapter Signaling Plan Parameters • Reference Information Service in NOLS for RNC parameters

For counter descriptions, see:

• RNC Counters - RNW Part • RNC Counters – Transport and HW Part • WBTS Counters • AXC Counters • I-HSPA Adapter Measurements and Counters • Reference Information Service in NOLS

For alarm descriptions, see:

• Multicontroller RNC Notices (0-999) • Multicontroller RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • Multicontroller RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • Multicontroller RNC Alarms (70000-72000) • IPA-RNC Notices (0-999) • IPA-RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • IPA-RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • IPA-RNC Diagnosis Reports (3700-3999) • Multicontroller RNC, IPA-RNC and I-HSPA Adapter Base Station Alarms (7000-

9000) • Troubleshooting Flexi WCDMA Base Station • Flexi WCDMA Base Station Faults • Troubleshooting UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station • UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station Faults • I-HSPA Adapter Notices (0-999) • I-HSPA Adapter Disturbances (1000-1999) • I-HSPA Adapter Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • I-HSPA Adapter Alarms (70000-72000)

Page 21: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 21

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

• OMS Alarms • AXC Alarms

For information on license management, see Nokia Siemens Networks license manage-ment concept and its implementation in WCDMA RAN in License management in WCDMA RAN.

1.1.7 RU20 BTS solution featuresSee the following table for more detailed information on WBTS functionality and feature activation:

Feature ID: Name Descriptions Instructions

RAN1671: Enhanced UltraSite Base Band (EUBB)

UltraSite EUBB WCDMA BTS product description

Wideband Signal Processing (WSPF) unit description

Wideband Summing and Multiplexing (WSMF) unit description

AXC product description

This feature does not require acti-vation

RAN1079: Multiradio Combiner 850MHz

For more information see: Nokia Siemens Networks Antenna Systems, Operating Documentation available in NOLS

Multi Radio Combiner is activated through BTS Site EM check box during commssioning.

RAN1870: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 1500

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head Description

As a reference see: Activating RAN1216: Flexi RF Module Triple 70W 2100.

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

RAN1876: Smart Diplexer For more information see: Nokia Siemens Networks Antenna Systems, Operating Documentation available in NOLS

FAWA and FDWA has to be it self configured without any particular BTS SW activity. Startup immedi-ately when FAWA DC (-48V) is on. FAWA and FDWA units are trans-parent for BTS during startup and after this process.

RAN1575: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 1900 (On Top)

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head Description

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

RAN1768: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 900 (On Top)

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head Description

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

RAN2062: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 2100 (On Top)

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head Description

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

Table 7 BTS solution features

Page 22: Activate RU20 Feature

22 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

Introduction

1.1.7.1 Information on Parameters, Counters, and AlarmsFor information on the parameters, counters and alarms related to each feature, see the System impact section of the feature descriptions.

For parameter descriptions, see:

• WCDMA radio network configuration parameters • RNC OMS LDAP parameters • Plan Editor AXC Parameters • Plan Editor Flexi Transport Module Parameters • Plan Editor Flexi WCDMA BTS Parameters • Plan Editor UltraSite WCDMA BTS Parameters • Reference Information Service in NOLS for RNC parameters

For counter descriptions, see:

• RNC counters - RNW part • RNC counters – transport and HW part • WBTS counters • AXC counters • Reference Information Service in NOLS

For alarm descriptions, see:

RAN2046: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 850 (On Top)

This feature does not have related doc-uments

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

RAN1871: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 1.7/2.1 (On Top)

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head Description

This feature does not require acti-vation

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

RAN2112: Flexi RRH 2TX 2100 Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head description

This feature does not require acti-vation

RAN2382: Flexi BTS Multimode SystemModule - FSMC (On Top)

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA System Module Description

This feature does not require acti-vation

RAN1757: 24 External Alarm interfaces for Flexi WCDMA BTS (On Top)

FSEB description can be found in Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Optional Items Description

Installing Flexi Multiradtio BTS WCDMA Optional Items

RAN2514: Rx Diversity Sharing This feature does not have related doc-uments

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

RAN1806: Enable LTE SW download on top of WBTS6.0

This feature does not have related doc-uments

LTE SW has to be activated after downloading.

RAN2615: Flexi 3-sector RF Module 900J (On Top)

Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA RF Module and Remote Radio Head Description

Commissioning Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA

Feature ID: Name Descriptions Instructions

Table 7 BTS solution features (Cont.)

Page 23: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 23

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Introduction

Id:0900d8058092ab86Confidential

• RNC Notices (0-999) • RNC Disturbances (1000-1999) • RNC Failure Printouts (2000-3999) • RNC Diagnosis Reports (3700-3999) • RNC Base Station Alarms (7000-7900) • Troubleshooting Flexi WCDMA Base Station • Flexi WCDMA Base Station faults • Troubleshooting UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station • UltraSite and MetroSite WCDMA Base Station faults

For information on licence management, see Nokia Siemens Networks license manage-ment concept and its implementation in WCDMA RAN in License management in WCDMA RAN.

Page 24: Activate RU20 Feature

24 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808fb9f5Confidential

1.2 LicensingThe application software features (ASW) are under license key management. A license is a file that includes the feature information. Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license file needs to be transferred to and installed in the network element. For infor-mation on transferring the license, see License Management Operations in RNC in WCDMA RAN License Operation. For information on installing the license, see Installing licenses in the network element in Managing License-based Features.

g Some RNC-controlled features are activated using an RNC general parameter file (PRFILE) or a feature information control file (FIFILE). For details, see Parameter-based Option Management in WCDMA RAN License Operation.

A license can be installed using NetAct or a local MML (IPA-RNC) or SCLI (mcRNC) interface. If it is installed using NetAct, the licensed feature state is automatically set to ON state. If the MML/SCLI interface is used, the default value is OFF, and you need to set the feature to ON state manually. For information on feature states, see Feature States in WCDMA RAN License Operation. The license-related MML commands are described in W7 - License and Feature Handling.

For details on license management in WCDMA RAN, see License Management in WCDMA RAN and License Management Principles.

For details on managing the license-based features, see Managing License-based Fea-tures.

License management in mcRNCFor details on the mcRNC-specific license management, see License Management in mcRNC in WCDMA RAN License Operation.

License management in WBTSFor details on the WBTS-specific license management, see WCDMA BTS License Man-agement Functionality Description in WCDMA RAN License Operation.

Page 25: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 25

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Activate and verify radio resource management andtelecom features

Id:0900d8058095ac78Confidential

2 Activate and verify radio resource manage-ment and telecom features

2.1 Activating RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data

2.1.1 Activating Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data Feature Description in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startThis feature is controlled by a license. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

The RAN876 feature code is 1100.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

– for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1100:ON

– for mcRNC:fsclish -c “set license feature-mgmt id 0000001100 feature-admin-state on”

Check that WSMLC and WLCSE objects do exists in those WBTS’s WCELLs where Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data will be activated (if not then they must be created and configured).

Check that the IP-based signalling configuration and SCCP configuration are done as described in Activating RAN223, RAN875 and RAN1920: A-GPS Using External Refer-ence Network and Iu-PC SCTP Association Priority.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager and launch the Parameter Editor application.

2 Set the LCSFunctionality parameter in RNC object to “Enabled”.

3 Set the LCS interface option parameter in WSMLC object to value “iupc”.

4 Set the BroadcastSIB15 parameter to value “Enabled” for every WBTS object where the broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data is to be enabled.

5 If also SIB15.2 needs to be broadcasted, set the BroadcastSIB15.2 parameter to value “Enabled” for every WBTS object where the broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data is to be enabled.

Page 26: Activate RU20 Feature

26 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac78Confidential

Activate and verify radio resource management and telecom features

6 If also SIB15.3 needs to be broadcasted, set the BroadcastSIB15.3 parameter to value “Enabled” for every WBTS object where the broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data is to be enabled.

Expected outcomeRAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data feature is activated in the RNC.

Page 27: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 27

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058081c8e8Confidential

2.1.2 Verifying Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Start the M1021 Iupc Interface measurement using the RNW Measurement Man-agement application in RNC Element Manager.

2 After the measurement data is collected, use the RNW Measurement Presentation GUI to check that the “M1021C25 ASSISTANCE DATA REQUESTS FOR BROAD-CAST TO SAS” counter has a value greater than “0”.

Page 28: Activate RU20 Feature

28 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090bdedConfidential

2.1.3 Deactivating Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager and launch the Parameter Editor application.

2 Set the BroadcastSIB15, BroadcastSIB15.2 and BroadcastSIB15.3 parame-ters to value “Disabled” for every WBTS object where the broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data will be deactivated.

Further informationAfter deactivating the feature, set the feature license state to OFF.

Expected outcomeThe RAN876: Broadcast of A-GPS Assistance Data feature is deactivated.

Page 29: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 29

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d756Confidential

2.2 Activating RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS

2.2.1 Deactivating Power Saving Mode for BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

Steps

1 Open the RNC RNW Object Browser GUI in RNC Element Manager.

2 Configure BTS object.Set the PWSMinUse parameter to “OFF”.

g When deactivating Power Saving Mode, PowerSaveHSPAType parameter needs to be changed to "No HSPA05_Reconfig" value, otherwise HSPA operational state cannot be enabled.

The cells that were shutdown, are to be activated.

Further informationAfter deactivating the feature there is no need to restart RNC or BTS.

After deactivating the feature set the feature license state to OFF.

Expected outcomeThe RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS feature is deactivated.

Page 30: Activate RU20 Feature

30 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d74cConfidential

2.2.2 Verifying Power Saving Mode for BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS feature has been successful.

Steps

1 In the RNC object, under the general tab, set timer to trigger PWSM more quickly.

2 In the WCEL-1 object, under the general tab, set the PWSM cell group of a cell as 1, the shutdown order of cells in one PWSM cell group as 0, and HSPA Type of Cell in Power Saving Mode as HSPA0.

3 In the WCEL-2 object, under the general tab, set the PWSM cell group of a cell as 1, the shutdown order of cells in one PWSM cell group as 1, and HSPA Type of Cell in Power Saving Mode as HSPA5.

4 In the WBTS object, enable PWSM by setting the PWSM usage in BTS as ON, and modify the shutdown time period.

5 If no call exists in WCEL-2, shutdown because of Power Saving Mode for BTS will be performed. The cell state will be changed to BL(P).

Page 31: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 31

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d74bConfidential

2.2.3 Activating Power Saving Mode for BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN955: Power Saving Mode Feature Description in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startThis feature belongs to application software. Ensure that you have a valid license (a file including the information), because this feature is under license key management. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing. The feature code for this feature is 1459.

Before a license feature can be activated, the license must be transferred to and installed in the RNC. The license can be installed by using NetAct or a local MML inter-face. If the installation is done with NetAct, the feature covered by the license is auto-matically set to the ON state. If the installation is done with an MML interface, the feature state (ON/CONFIG/OFF) must be set by the user. In new installations, the default state is OFF. Installing of new increment does the change the previously set state it remains the default.

The parameters for this feature can be configured with the RNC RNW Object Browser GUI.

The Power Saving Mode feature can be activated on BTS only if the BTS is either Flexi BTS or Ultra BTS with software release WBTS6.0 onwards. Ensure that the O&M DCN link status is set to “Enabled”(check in RNC RNW Object Browser in WCDMA BTS object).

Preconditions:To activate HSPA05 reconfiguration the following criteria must be fulfilled:

• The BTS has cells on exactly two frequencies • All cells in the BTS belong to the same Power Saving Mode cell group. The value of

the PWSMCellGroup parameter is different from zero • All cells of the BTS belong to the same Local Cell Group • Every non-remaining cell in one frequency has PWSMShutdownOrder parameter

value set to “1” and the PowerSaveHSPAType parameter in all these cells is set to “HSPA5”

• Every remaining cell in one frequency have all PWSMShutdownOrder parameter value set to “0” and the PowerSaveHSPAType parameter in all these cells is set to “HSPA0”

• The HSDPA is enabled in all cells in the BTS (HSDPAenabled parameter has value set to “Enabled” in all cells in the BTS)

• The remaining cells are not allowed to be shutdown (PWSMShutdownRemCell parameter value in all remaining cells is set to “No”).

• DCN is working and WBTS type is FlexiBTS. • Licence is installed in RNC.

If one or more criterias are not fulfilled, then HSPA05 reconfiguration is not needed, the cell shutdown decision is based on other cell shutdown criteria. If a need for HSPA05

Page 32: Activate RU20 Feature

32 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d74bConfidential

reconfiguration is detected, the HSPA0 cells are to be reconfigurated to HSPA5 cells, and the HSPA5 cells are to be reconfigurated to HSPA0 cells before shutdown.

Instructions to network operatorPower Saving Mode instructions:

• The usage of gradual power ramp-down in Cell Deletion procedure is recom-mended. During gradual common pilot channel (CPICH) power ramp-down, the UE initiates a soft handover branch removal. Also, during or after gradual CPICH power ramp-down the RNC detects a need for handover (inter-frequency or inter-system handover) and starts the procedure.

• The gradual power ramp-down is the basis of the UE management in Cell Deletion procedure, and therefore it is recommended. After CPICH power decrease, RNC performs forced inter-frequency handover for the remaining UEs. When the gradual CPICH power ramp-down is used, the success rate of branch removals and inter-frequency/inter-system handovers is increased (the number of lost calls during cell shutdown is smaller because of the RNC capability to handle simultaneous inter-fre-quency/inter-system handovers). Also, the number of remaining UEs in a cell is lower.

• The following features are recommended to be in use in the RNC, as they help bal-ancing the traffic between cells after shutdown and after activation: • Service and Load Based Handover • Direct RRC Connection Setup • HSPA Capability Based Handover.

• The multi-operator RAN (MORAN) needs to be taken into consideration according to the definitions of the feature management parameters, the MORAN network oper-ators have to define the PWSMCellGroup and PWSMShutdownOrder parameters correctly. The RNC does not verify the MORAN definitions in Power Saving Mode.

• If the operator's actions lead to the situation when Power Saving Mode environment is not according to Power Saving Mode concept, the network can turn off the Power Saving Mode feature in BTS by the PWSMInUse parameter. For example if both a non-remaining cell and a remaining cell in Power Saving Mode two-cell group are shut down and the operator deletes the remaining cell from RNC, the non-remaining cell cannot be activated for traffic by means of Power Saving Mode.

HSPA05 reconfiguration instructions:

• The HSPA05 reconfiguration (resource swapping in BTS) can be made only between cells belonging to the same Local Cell Group (LCG). Therefore, the network operator has to take the LCG - cell mapping into consideration when setting the PWSMCellGroup and PowerSaveHSPAType parameters.

• The cells controlled by the shared MAC high speed entity are selected with the RNC Tcell parameter (Frame timing offset of a cell). BTS maps the cells that belong to the same Tcell group to the same MAC high speed entity. This rule applies only for shared schedulers.

• The cell and Tcell mapping have to be defined correctly by network operator ,so that the MAC high speed entity in HSPA0 - HSPA5 reconfiguration is made correctly (the HSPA5 and HSPA0 cells using same scheduler are defined to the same Tcell group).

• The network operator should take also into consideration the BTS HW units (that is Rel1 and Rel2 system modules) in HSPA. In Flexi BTS the Rel2 system module supports HSPA+ functionalities and Rel1 system module does not. If the HSPA05

Page 33: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 33

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d74bConfidential

reconfiguration is made between different system module releases, some of the HSPA functionalities might not be available.

• For working HSPA0 and HSPA5 configuration and reconfiguration, all cells need to be assigned to the same Power Saving Mode cell group.

• The parameter HSDPAenabled has to be set to value “Enabled” in both HSPA5 and HSPA0 cells if HSPA05 reconfiguration is to be used.

• In cell setup the HSDPA is not to be configured to a cell with PowerSaveHSPAType parameter value set to “HSPA0”, even if the HSDPAenabled parameter is set to value “Enabled”. The activation status of Power Saving Mode for BTS feature is not relevant.

• When HSUPA services are to be used, the HSUPAenabled parameter has to be set to value “Enabled” in both HSPA5 and HSPA0 cells if HSPA05 reconfiguration is to be used

Steps

1 Check the RNC time setting.For RNC use the MML command: ZDCD

For mcRNC/ADA use the sCLI command: show networking-service ntp

2 Open the RNC RNW Object Browser GUI.

3 Configure WBTS object.Set the non-remaining cell shutdown start time by configuring the PWSMShutdownBeginHour and the PWSMShutdownBeginMin parameters.

Set the non-remaining cell shutdown end time by configuring the PWSMShutdownEndHour and the PWSMShutdownEndMin parameters and ensure that current RNC time is within this shutdown duration.

Set the remaining cell shutdown start time by configuring the PWSMRemCellSDBeginHour and the PWSMRemCellSDBeginMin parameters.

Set the remaining cell shutdown end time by configuring the PWSMRemCellSDEndHour and the PWSMRemCellSDEndMin parameters.

Set the remaining cell shutdown day by configuring the PWSMWeekday parameter.

4 Configure WCEL object.

g To meet the HSPA5 criteria, the BTS has cells on exactly two frequencies.

To meet the shutdown criteria, two different cells with different frequencies cannot be assigned to the same shutdown order.

g Please note, that before configuring the PowerSaveHSPAType parameter, the related WCEL object needs be locked.

Set two cells with the same frequency as remaining cells, by configuring the PWSMShutdownOrder parameter to value "0", and set the PowerSaveHSPAType parameter to value "HSPA0".

Page 34: Activate RU20 Feature

34 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d74bConfidential

Set the third cell as a non-remaining cell, by configuring the PWSMShutdownOrder parameter to value "1", and set the PowerSaveHSPAType parameter to value "HSPA5".

Configure the PWSMShutdownReCell parameter to value “No” to avoid the remaining cell shutdown.

5 Configure BTS object.Set the PWSMinUse parameter to value “ON”.

6 Cell shutdownWhen cell does not have any emergency calls or Wireless Priority Service calls, and if the cell 3 traffic is low and it fullfils the shutdown criteria, then after five minutes cell 3 shutdown is to be performed. HSPA05 reconfiguration is triggered, cell 3 reconfiguration to HSPA0 and cells 1 and 2 reconfiguration to HSPA5 is performed.

Expected outcomeRAN955: Power Saving Mode for BTS feature is activated in the RNC.

Further informationAfter activating the feature there is no need to restart RNC or BTS.

Page 35: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 35

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090e523Confidential

2.3 RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps

2.3.1 Activating HSUPA 5.8 Mbps

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature. For more information on licensing, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1086:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001086 feature-admin-state on

Hardware requirements:

• BTS: • Flexi Rel. 2 • RAN 1671: Enhanced ultrasite baseband (EUBB) (this feature only applies to

the Ultrasite WBTS) • RNC:

• For the RNC196 and RNC450, a hardware upgrade is required according to feature RAN1226: HSPA peak rate upgrade in RNC196 and RNC450. This means that the support of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is possible only with the new hardware CDSP-DH (DMCU) configured as feature upgrade.

The parameters can be configured with the RNC RNW object browser GUI.

Note that the RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps feature can be activated only if the RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature is enabled in a cell. To activate the RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI, see Activating RAN1470: HSPA 2ms TTI feature activation manual.

g Note that with the current default value of the WCEL PrxMaxTargetBTS parameter, the maximum UL bit rate may not be reached. Therefore, it is advised to increase the value of the PrxMaxTargetBTS parameter.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the cell.

Page 36: Activate RU20 Feature

36 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090e523Confidential

4 In the WCEL object under the Admission Control tab, enable HSDPAenabled (HSDPA enabled) parameter and under the Packet Scheduler tab, HSUPAenabled (HSUPA enabled) parameter.

5 Under the Identification tab, define the WBTS object type using the NBAPCommMode (NBAP Communication Mode) parameter.

6 In the WCEL object under the Admission Control tab, enable the HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled (HSUPA 2 ms TTI enabled) parameter.

7 Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the WCEL MaxTotalUplinkSymbolRate (Maximum total uplink symbol rate) parameter to maximum 5760 kbps (2*SF2+2*SF4).

8 Unlock the WCEL object.

Expected outcomeRAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps feature has been activated.

Page 37: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 37

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580812f45Confidential

2.3.2 Verifying HSUPA 5.8 Mbps

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Start measurement M1002 Traffic with 15 minutes interval.Use RNW measurement application in the Application Launcher to start this measure-ment. Alternatively the measurement can be started using NetAct administration of mea-surement application.

2 Wait until the measurement interval starts.

3 Start the HSUPA 5.8 Mbps call.Setup a PS NRT call with HSUPA 5.8 Mbps capable UE.

4 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW measurement pre-sentation GUI to check that some of the following counter has a value greater than zero:

• M1002C664 E-DCH ALLO FOR SRB IN SRNC.

Further informationAfter activating the feature, the PS NRT call is made from the cell. After that HSPA is allocated to UE.

Page 38: Activate RU20 Feature

38 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090e52dConfidential

2.3.3 Deactivating HSUPA 5.8 Mbps

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the WCEL object.

4 Set the WCEL MaxTotalUplinkSymbolRate (Maximum total uplink symbol rate) parameter value to a value lower than 5760 kbps.

5 Unlock the WCEL object.

Further informationAfter deactivating the feature, set the feature license state to OFF using:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1086:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001086 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN981: HSUPA 5.8 Mbps feature has been deactivated.

Page 39: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 39

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809086f7Confidential

2.4 Activating RAN1201 and RAN1644: Fractional DPCH and Continuous Packet Connectivity

2.4.1 Activating RAN1201: Fractional DPCH

2.4.1.1 Activating Fractional DPCH

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1201: Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) feature.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature descrip-tion in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the BTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature is controlled by a license. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

g The feature code for this feature is 1476.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC: ZW7M:FEA=1476:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001476 feature-admin-state on

The following requirements must be fulfilled before the procedure is carried out by the user:

• Feature license “CPC & F-DPCH” is active. • F-DPCH feature is enabled in all active set cells with WCEL parameter

FDPCHEnabled . • The BTS indicates for all active set cells that it supports Rel-6 F-DPCH using NBAP:

F-DPCH CAPABILITY information element. This is not applicable for radio links over Iur.

• The BTS indicates for all active set cells that it supports Rel-7 F-DPCH using NBAP: F-DPCH SLOT FORMAT CAPABILITY information element. This is not applicable for radio links over Iur.

• The HSDPA is enabled in all active set cells with RNP parameter HSDPAEnabled. • The HSUPA is enabled in all active set cells with RNP parameter HSUPAEnabled. • The BTS type is defined as WBTS in all active set cells with RNP parameter

NBAPCommMode.

g The FDPCHEnabled parameter is allowed to be set to Enabled state only if the follow-ing requirements are fulfilled:

• The license “CPC & F-DPCH” is active. • The HSDPA is enabled in the cell with RNP parameter HSDPAEnabled. • The HSUPA is enabled in the cell with RNP parameter HSUPAEnabled.

Page 40: Activate RU20 Feature

40 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809086f7Confidential

• The BTS type is defined as WBTS in all active set cells with RNP parameter NBAPCommMode.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

3 Lock the WCEL object:

1. Select the WCELs object.2. Select a cell for locking in the WCell(s) table.3. Press the lock button under the WCell(s) table.

Figure 1 Object locking

4 For IPA-RNC check and modify the ATM Iub configuration in the COCO object.

g Note that the step is ATM transport-specific. There are no special actions for this feature activation with IP transport option.

In order to have the SRB carried on top of the HSDPA/HSUPA channel type, the HSPA traffic type has to be added to AAL2 VCC containing the Stringent path type.

g Note that before modifying the COCO object, all cells under the BTS must be locked.

The following AAL2 VCC combinations are recommended (the license for the RAN759: Path Selection feature is required):

• Combination 1: • DCH & HSPA Stringent • DCH & HSPA Stringent bi-level

Page 41: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 41

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809086f7Confidential

• HSPA Tolerant • Combination 2:

• DCH & HSPA Stringent & Stringent bi-level • HSPA Tolerant

For more AAL2 VCC combinations, see WCDMA RAN ATM Transport.

5 Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object.

Figure 2 Selecting the Edit parameters

6 Configure the following WCEL parameters under the Admission Control tab:

1. Set the parameter F-DPCH enabled (FDPCHEnabled) to Enabled.2. For the following parameters the default values are recommended:

• F-DPCH maximum transmission power (PtxFDPCHMax) • F-DPCH minimum transmission power (PtxFDPCHMin) • The power offset of F-DPCH for SHO (PtxOffsetFDPCHSHO) • TPC command error rate target (TPCCommandERTarget) • The power offset of E-xxCH for 2ms TTI (PtxOffsetExxCH2ms) • The power offset of E-xxCH for SHO (PtxOffsetExxCHSHO)

g The F-DPCH setup (FDPCHSetup) parameter is already configured properly - it is set to Immediate F-DPCH allocation.

7 Unlock the WCEL object.

8 Select Edit parameters from the RNHSPA object.

Page 42: Activate RU20 Feature

42 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809086f7Confidential

9 Configure the following RNHSPA parameters, the default values are recom-mended:

• select the Handover Control tab: • CPICH RSCP Threshold for SRBs on HSDPA

(CPICHRSCPThreSRBHSDPA) • CPICH Ec/No window for SRBs on HS-DSCH cell selection

(HSDPASRBWindow) • CPICH EcNo for SRB on HSPA (CPICHECNOSRBHSPA)

• select the Packet Scheduler tab: • Offset for activation time of SRBs on HSPA (ATOSRBsOnHSPA) • E-DCH maximum # of HARQ retransmissions for 10 ms SRB

(EDCHMaxHarqReTxSRB)

g Some of the parameters are already configured properly. These are the following:

• The F-DPCH and SRBs on HSPA per TC (FDPCHAndSRBOnHSPATC) RNHSPA parameter is configured as shown in figure Example on configuring RNC FDPCHAndSRBOnHSPATC parameter with parameter editor:

Figure 3 Example of configuring FDPCHAndSRBOnHSPATC RNHSPA parameter with parameter editor

• The AM RLC configuration for SRB on HSPA (AMRLCSRBHSPA) RNRLC parameter is configured as shown in figure Example of configuring AMRLCSRBH-SPA RNRLC parameter with parameter editor:

Page 43: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 43

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809086f7Confidential

Figure 4 Example of configuring AMRLCSRBHSPA RNRLC parameter with parameter editor

• The Priority for SRBs on HSPA (PriForSRBsOnHSPA) RNPS parameter is set to 15.

Expected outcomeRAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature has been activated in the RNC. After activating the feature, there is no need to reset the RNC.

Page 44: Activate RU20 Feature

44 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058081a598Confidential

2.4.1.2 Verifying Fractional DPCH

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of RAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature has been successful.

The verification is done by testing if standalone SRBs are mapped to the HSPA with F-DPCH allocation. Also there is a direct allocation of the HSPA resources for RBs. Soft handover for standalone SRBs or SRBs and RBs mapped to the HSPA is also sup-ported.

Steps

1 Perform the RRC connection setup with a UE that supports Rel-7 F-DPCH.

2 Check if the parameters in the RNC are configured as described in the activation procedure.

3 Use RNW measurement management application in the OMS element manager to start M1002 Traffic measurements with 15 minute intarval. Alternatively, the mea-surement can be started using NetAct Administration of Measurements Applica-tion.

4 Wait until the measurement interval starts.

5 Make a PS NRT call from the cell where the parameters described in the activation procedure are enabled, then check if the HSPA is allocated to UE.

6 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW measurement pre-sentation GUI to check if some of the following counters have their value greater than zero:

7 Check if the values of the following counters are incremented:

Counter ID Name Abbreviation

M1002C664 E-DCH ALLO FOR SRB IN SRNC

ALLO_EDCH_SRB_SRNC

M1002C666 HS-DSCH ALLO FOR SRB IN SRNC

ALLO_HS_DSCH_SRB_SRNC

Table 8 Counters that values are incremented after activating the RAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature

Page 45: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 45

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058081a598Confidential

Expected outcomeThe counter value has increased and the RAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature has been activated successfully.

Page 46: Activate RU20 Feature

46 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907965Confidential

2.4.1.3 Deactivating Fractional DPCH

PurposeFollow this procedure to deactivate the RAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Set the status of WCEL parameter FDPCHEnabled to Disabled.

3 Set the feature state to OFF using the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1476:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001476 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1201: Fractional DPCH feature has been deactivated in the RNC.

Page 47: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 47

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907e38Confidential

2.4.2 Activating RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity

2.4.2.1 Activating Continuous packet connectivity

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature description in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the BTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature is controlled by a license. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

g The feature code for this feature is 1476.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC: ZW7M:FEA=1476:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001476 feature-admin-state on

To reduce the UE battery consumption, see Recommended new HSPA CPC value for better UE battery life TS-RNC-SW-157 Technical Support Note in Product Documenta-tion Center.

The following requirements must be fulfilled before the procedure is carried out by the user:

• Feature license “CPC & F-DPCH” is active. • F-DPCH feature is enabled in all active set cells with WCEL parameter

FDPCHEnabled . • Continuous packet connectivity feature is enabled in all active set cells with WCEL

parameter CPCEnabled . • The BTS indicates for all active set cells that it supports Rel-7 CPC using NBAP:

CONTINUOUS PACKET CONNECTIVITY DTX-DRX CAPABILITY information element.

• The HSDPA is enabled in all active set cells with RNP parameter HSDPAEnabled. • The HSUPA is enabled in all active set cells with RNP parameter HSUPAEnabled. • The BTS type is defined as WBTS in all active set cells with RNP parameter

NBAPCommMode.

g The CPCEnabled parameter is allowed to be set to Enabled state only if the following requirements are fulfilled:

• The license “CPC & F-DPCH” is active. • F-DPCH feature is enabled in all active set cells with WCEL parameter

FDPCHEnabled . • The HSDPA is enabled in the cell with RNP parameter HSDPAEnabled. • The HSUPA is enabled in the cell with RNP parameter HSUPAEnabled.

Page 48: Activate RU20 Feature

48 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907e38Confidential

• The BTS type is defined as WBTS in all active set cells with RNP parameter NBAPCommMode.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

3 Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object:

Figure 5 Selecting the Edit parameters

4 Configure the following WCEL parameters:

• Select the Admission Control tab. Set the parameter F-DPCH enabled (FDPCHEnabled) to Enabled.

• Select the Packet Scheduler tab. Set the parameter CPC enabled (CPCEnabled) to Enabled.

5 Select Edit parameters from the RNHSPA object.

6 Configure the following RNHSPA parameters structures depending on traffic class and transmission time interval (TTI); the default values are recommended:

1. Select the Packet Scheduler tab.2. Select a desired parameters structure:

• CPC NRT 10 ms TTI (CPCNRT10msTTI) • CPC NRT 2 ms TTI (CPCNRT2msTTI) • CPC Streaming 10 ms TTI (CPCStreaming10msTTI)

Page 49: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 49

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907e38Confidential

• CPC Streaming 2 ms TTI (CPCStreaming2msTTI) • CPC Voice 10 ms TTI (CPCVoice10msTTI) • CPC Voice 2 ms TTI (CPCVoice2msTTI)

For example, to configure the parameters for NRT traffic class with 10 ms TTI:

1. Select CPC NRT 10 ms TTI.2. Select Item 1 and configure the parameters that appear on the lower right-hand

side.

For example, see figure Configuring the RNHSPA parameters for NRT traffic class with 10 ms TTI with parameter editor.

Figure 6 Configuring the RNHSPA parameters for NRT traffic class with 10 ms TTI with parameter editor

Expected outcomeRAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature has been activated in the RNC. After activating the feature, there is no need to reset the RNC.

Page 50: Activate RU20 Feature

50 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058081a59cConfidential

2.4.2.2 Verifying Continuous packet connectivity

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature has been successful.

The verification is done through testing if the HSPA is allocated with the CPC activation.

Steps

1 Perform the RRC connection setup with a UE that supports Rel-7 CPC.

2 Check if the parameters in the RNC are configured as described in the activation procedure.

3 Use RNW measurement management application in the OMS element manager to start M1001 Service Level with 15 minute intarval. Alternatively, the measurement can be started using NetAct Administration of Measurements Application.

4 Wait until the measurement interval starts.

5 Make a PS NRT call from the cell where the parameters described in the activation procedure are enabled, then check if the HSPA is allocated to UE.

6 Check if the value of the counter is incremented:

Expected outcomeThe counter value has increased and the RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature has been activated successfully.

Counter ID Name Abbreviation

M1001C677 UE SUPPORT FOR CONTINUOUS PACKET CONNECTIVITY

UE_SUPP_CPC

Table 9 The counter that value is incremented after activating the RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature

Page 51: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 51

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907967Confidential

2.4.2.3 Deactivating Continuous packet connectivity

PurposeFollow this procedure to deactivate the RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Set the status of WCEL parameter CPCEnabled to Disabled.

3 Set the feature state to OFF using the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1476:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001476 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1644: Continuous packet connectivity feature has been deactivated in the RNC.

Page 52: Activate RU20 Feature

52 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f9d8dConfidential

2.5 Activating RAN1202: 24 kbps Paging Channel

2.5.1 Activating 24 kbps paging channel

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature in the RNC, using RNC object browser.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license (a file including the feature information) installed. For more information see section Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON use the following command:

For IPA-RNC, use the MML command:

ZW7M:FEA=1485:ON;

For mcRNC, use the SCLI command:

set license feature-mgmt id 0000001485 feature-admin-state on

g I-HSPA Adapter is not under license control, therefore no MBLB license is needed for these products.

With RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature, the PCH has to be mapped to a sepa-rate. This means that when 24kbps PCH is activated (licensed and enabled), there must be at least two secondary common control physical channels (SCCPCH) supported in the cell (the maximum number of SCCPCHs per cell is 3).The number of SCCPCHs in a cell is defined by the cell level NbrOfSCCPCHs parameter. With the activation of 24 kbps PCH, the minimum value of NbrOfSCCPCHs parameter should be enhanced to 2. Prior to RAN1202 feature, this minimum value was equal to 1. To enable or disable 24kbps paging channel feature, the PCH24kbpsEnabled parameter is used. It is effec-tive on a cell level and can be modified by object locking.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager and go to Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

2 Select the appropriate WBTS object and lock the WCEL where this feature needs to be activated.

3 Click the arrow next to the locked WCEL object icon and select Edit Parameters.

Page 53: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 53

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f9d8dConfidential

4 Update the WCEL-NbrOfSCCPCHs parameter in the WCEL object.Under SystemInfo tab, change the value of WCEL-NbrOfSCCPCHs (Number of SCCPCHs) parameter to 2 or to 3 (if SAB also needs to be configured/activated at the same time). It is required only when the current value of WCEL-NbrOfSCCPCHs param-eter is 1.

g Activation of the 24 kbps PCH is possible ONLY AFTER the feature license state is ON and the NbrOfSCCPCHs parameter value has been changed from the default value 1 to the new value 2 or 3.

5 Enable the feature in the WCEL object.Under General tab, select the WCEL-PCH24kbpsEnabled (Activate\Deactivate support for 24kbps PCH) parameter and switch it to Enabled value.

6 Unlock the cell.

g Before cell unlocking ensure that the feature license state is ON and the invalid combi-nation of WCEL-PCH24kbpsEnabled as Enabled and WCEL-NbrOfSCCPCHs param-eter value as 1 is not configured for a cell.

During cell unlock all needed PRBs should check the usage of 24 kbps and should act accordingly.

7 Repeat steps 3-7 for every WCEL where the 24 kbps PCH requires activation.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature has been activated in the RNC. The 24 kbps PCH is effective.

Page 54: Activate RU20 Feature

54 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058080b16dConfidential

2.5.2 Verifying 24 kbps paging channel

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature has been successful.

Before you startRequired RNC functional testing environment:

• RNC HW configuration is not significant for this feature. Any HW type (RNC196…RNC2600) can be used and either the ATM or IP transmission.

• BTS should support 24 kbps paging channel. • There are no special requirements for the core network. • MTC calls are needed. • UE should be able to accept 24 kbps PCH. There are no other requirements for the

UE.

StepsImproved PCH throughput is the indication that the feature is activated.

1 Check the status of WCEL-PCH24kbpsEnabled parameter.WCEL-PCH24kbpsEnabled (Activate\Deactivate support for 24kbps PCH) parameter needs to be in Enabled state to verify that the feature is active.

2 Check the PCH throughput with MT calls.Make Mobile Terminal calls. Check the change in PCH throughput.

Expected outcomeThe activation of RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature has been verified. The 24 kbps PCH is effective.

Page 55: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 55

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808fb9c1Confidential

2.5.3 Deactivating 24 kbps paging channel

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature in the RNC.

Before you startNbrOfSCCPCHs parameter value 3 is used in case of SAB configured in the cell.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager and go to Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

2 Select the appropriate WBTS object and lock the WCEL where this feature needs to be deactivated.

3 Click the arrow next to the locked WCEL object icon and select Edit Parameters.

4 Update the WCEL-NbrOfSCCPCHs parameter in the WCEL object (optional).

g This step is optional. It is not mandatory to modify the number of SCCPCHs to 1 when deactivating this feature. 24 kbps PCH activation requires the support of at least 2 SCCPCHs, but 8 kbps PCH can be activated with any number (1, 2, or 3) of SCCPCHs.

Under SystemInfo tab change the value of WCEL-NbrOfSCCPCHs (Number of SCCPCHs) parameter from 2 or 3 to 1.

Values 1, 2, and 3 (based on SAB) are supported. Value 3 is used in case of SAB con-figured in the cell.

5 Disable the feature in the WCEL object.Under General tab select the WCEL-PCH24kbpsEnabled (Activate\Deactivate support for 24kbps PCH) parameter and switch it to Disabled value.

6 Unlock the cell.

7 Repeat steps 3-7 for every WCELL where the 24 kbps PCH requires deactivation.

Page 56: Activate RU20 Feature

56 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808fb9c1Confidential

8 Change the feature license state.Set the feature license to OFF using the following command:

For IPA-RNC, use the MML command:

ZW7M:FEA=1485:OFF;

For mcRNC, use the SCLI command:

set license feature-mgmt id 0000001485 feature-admin-state off

g The 24 kbps paging channel feature MUST be deactivated for all the cells in the RNC before changing the feature license state to OFF.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1202: 24 kbps paging channel feature has been deactivated in the RNC. The 8 kbps PCH is effective.

Page 57: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 57

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580935df6Confidential

2.6 RAN1231: HSPA over Iur (On Top)

2.6.1 Activating HSPA over Iur

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature descrip-tion in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startFor IPA-RNC/I-HSPA Adapter solutions:

Restart of the RNC/I-HSPA Adapter and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature needs the following features to be activated before it can be enabled:

• HSDPA • HSUPA • RAN76: IP based Iur (optional feature) • RAN312: HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation • RAN828: HSDPA Serving Cell Change • RAN829: HSDPA Soft/softer Handover for Associated DPCH • RAN1515: HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change

Note that Serving RNC (SRNC) and Drift RNC (DRNC) are equivalent to Serving I-HSPA Adapter and Drift I-HSPA Adapter in terms of functionality. For the sake of clarity, SRNC and DRNC are used across the document as a reference to both controllers.

2.6.1.1 Activating HSPA over Iur for IPA-RNC solution

Before you startThis feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed.

g There is no separate license for HSPA over Iur. This feature uses the same license as RAN1515: HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change feature.The feature code for this feature is 1061. For more information on licensing, see Licensing.

g Note that there is a necessity for appropriate ATM transport configuration to contain a VCC that is able to carry HSPA traffic. This is valid when ATM-based Iur is in use. In ATM environment the AAL2 configuration should be changed with MMI command:

ZLJC:<ROUTE NUMBER>,<CONNECTION ID>:<INTERFACE ID>,<VPI>,<VCI>:PEER:<LOSS RATIO>,<MUX DELAY>::IUR=YES,USAGE=DCHSPA,:;

for example:ZLJC:22,1:107,1,36:PEER:5,100::IUR=YES,USAGE=DCHSPA,:;

Page 58: Activate RU20 Feature

58 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580935df6Confidential

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Configure the following RNFC parameters.

a) Select Edit parameters from the RNFC object.b) Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the HSDPADynamicResourceAllocation

(HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation) management parameter to Enabled (1).c) Under the Handover Control tab, set the HSDPAMobility (Serving HS-DSCH cell

change and SHO on/off switch) management parameter to Enabled (1).For more information on how to activate RAN312: HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allo-cation and HSDPA Mobility features, see Activating HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation and Activating HSDPA Mobility.

4 Make sure that the following related RNMOBI parameters have the default values.

a) Under the Handover Control tab, check that the HSPADRNCEcNoOffset (DRNC Ec/No offset for HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change) parameter is set to the default value (3 db).

b) Under the Handover Control tab, check that the HSDPAServCellWindow (CPICH Ec/No window for serving HS-DSCH cell selection) parameter is set to the default value (2 db).

5 Configure the following IUR parameters.

a) Select Edit parameters from the IUR object.b) Set the NRncVersion (Release version of Neighbouring RNC) parameter to Rel6

or later.c) Set the HSPAOverIur (HSPA over Iur) parameter to 1 (HSPA over Iur enabled) in

the source RNC.d) Configure the MaxIurNRTHSDSCHBitRate (Maximum NRT HS-DSCH MAC-d flow

bit rate over Iur) parameter in the source RNC.

6 Create one VCEL and VBTS object in the source RNC.

g Note that you can create only one VCEL object and it does not matter what RAC/LAC values are given.

a) Select “Create j new VBTS” from the VBTS object.b) Select “Create j new VCEL” from the VCEL object.

7 Configure the following VBTS parameters.

a) Select Edit parameters from the VBTS object.

Page 59: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 59

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580935df6Confidential

b) Configure the HARQRVConfiguration (HARQ RV Configuration) parameter.

8 Configure the following VCEL parameters.

a) Select Edit parameters from the VCEL object.b) Set the HSDPAenabled (HSDPA enabled) parameter to Enabled.c) Set the HSUPAenabled (HSUPA enabled) parameter to Enabled.d) Configure the following parameters:

• MaxTotalUplinkSymbolRate (maximum total uplink symbol rate) • HSPAFmcsIdentifier (HSPA FMCS identifier) • EDCHMinimumSetETFCI (E-DCH minimum set E-TFCI) • HSDPAHopsIdentifier (HSDPA HOPS identifier) • PtxOffsetHSSCCH (the power offset of the HS-SCCH) • HSDPAFmcsIdentifier (HSDPA FMCS identifier) • HSDPAFmciIdentifier (HSDPA FMCI identifier) • HSDPAFmcgIdentifier (HSDPA FMCG identifier)

e) Configure HOPS for the DRNC neighbor cell: • HSDPAAvailabilityIur (HSDPA availability of the neighboring DRNC cell)

parameter set to HSDPA available (1) • HSUPAAvailabilityIur (HSUPA availability of the neighboring DRNC cell)

parameter set to HSUPA available (1)

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1231: HSPA over Iur has been activated in the IPA-RNC.

2.6.1.2 Activating HSPA over Iur for I-HSPA Adapter solution

Before you startIn I-HSPA Adapter there is no need to activate feature licenses.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the I-BTS.

3 Configure the following RNFC parameters.

a) Select Edit RNW parameters from the RNFC object.b) Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the HSDPADynamicResourceAllocation

(HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation) management parameter to Enabled (1).c) Under the Handover Control tab, set the HSDPAMobility (Serving HS-DSCH cell

change and SHO on/off switch) management parameter to Enabled (1).

Page 60: Activate RU20 Feature

60 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580935df6Confidential

4 Make sure that the following related RNMOBI parameters have the default values.

a) Under the Handover Control tab, check that the HSPADRNCEcNoOffset (DRNC Ec/No offset for HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change) parameter is set to the default value (3 db).

b) Under the Handover Control tab, check that the HSDPAServCellWindow (CPICH Ec/No window for serving HS-DSCH cell selection) is set to the default value (2 db).

5 Configure the following IUR parameters.

a) Select Edit RNW parameters from the IUR object.b) Set the NRncVersion (Release version of Neighbouring RNC) parameter to Rel6

or later.c) Set the HSPAOverIur (HSPA over Iur) parameter to 1 (HSPA over Iur enabled) in

the source RNC.d) Configure the MaxIurNRTHSDSCHBitRate (Maximum NRT HS-DSCH MAC-d flow

bit rate over Iur) parameter in the source RNC.

6 Create one VCEL and VBTS object in the source IADA.

g Note that you can create only one VCEL object and it does not matter what RAC/LAC values are given.

a) Select “Create j new VBTS” from the VBTS object.b) Select “Create j new VCEL” from the VCEL object.

7 Configure the following VBTS parameters.

a) Select Edit RNW parameters from the VBTS object.b) Configure the HARQRVConfiguration (HARQ RV Configuration) parameter.

8 Configure the following VCEL parameters.

a) Select Edit RNW parameters from the VCEL object.b) Set the HSDPAenabled (HSDPA enabled) parameter to Enabled.c) Set the HSUPAenabled (HSUPA enabled) parameter to Enabled.d) Configure the following parameters:

• MaxTotalUplinkSymbolRate (maximum total uplink symbol rate) • HSPAFmcsIdentifier (HSPA FMCS identifier) • EDCHMinimumSetETFCI (E-DCH minimum set E-TFCI) • HSDPAHopsIdentifier (HSDPA HOPS identifier) • PtxOffsetHSSCCH (the power offset of the HS-SCCH) • HSDPAFmcsIdentifier (HSDPA FMCS identifier) • HSDPAFmciIdentifier (HSDPA FMCI identifier) • HSDPAFmcgIdentifier (HSDPA FMCG identifier)

e) Configure HOPS for the DRNC neighbor cell: • HSDPAAvailabilityIur (HSDPA availability of the neighboring DRNC cell)

parameter set to HSDPA available (1)

Page 61: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 61

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580935df6Confidential

• HSUPAAvailabilityIur (HSUPA availability of the neighboring DRNC cell) parameter set to HSUPA available (1)

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1231: HSPA over Iur has been activated in the I-HSPA Adapter.

Page 62: Activate RU20 Feature

62 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089fe92Confidential

2.6.2 Verifying HSPA over Iur

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature has been successful.

Note that the same verifying procedure applies to IPA-RNC and I-HSPA Adapter.

Before you startTo be able to verify the activation of the feature, the following network configurations are required:

• The feature has to be activated in SRNC. HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change license must be enabled in the DRNC. Required in DRNC:

– HSDPAMobility and HSDPADynamicResourceAllocation parameters set to Enabled

– HSPA is enabled and the cell supports HSPA

• Minimum one BTS and one cell should support the required features.

Steps

1 Open the RNW Measurement Management application in the Application Launcher.

2 Start the M1008 and M1004 measurements in the source RNC (SRNC) with the RNW Measurement Management application in the Application Launcher. Start the M1002 measurements in the drift RNC (DRNC).

3 Wait until the measurement data collection starts and after that make a PS NRT call for HSPA Capable UE in SRNC cell.

4 Start a continuous FTP download over the PS NRT data connection.

5 Move the UE to DRNC cell.

6 Check if the HSPA Serving Cell Change procedure is successfully executed from source RNC cell to drift RNC cell over Iur and the PS NRT HSPA call continues normally with the HS-DSCH/E-DCH Mac-d flow over Iur in the DRNC AS cell after HSPA SCC.

7 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW Measurement Pre-sentation application to verify the counter values in the source and drift RNC.

a) Check if the following counters have value 1 in the source RNC: • M1008C275 HS-DSCH INTER RNC SERVING CELL CHANGES SUCCESS-

FUL • M1008C277 E-DCH INTER RNC SERVING CELL CHANGES SUCCESSFUL

Page 63: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 63

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089fe92Confidential

• M1004C173 HS-DSCH MAC-D FLOW ALLOCATION ATTEMPTS OVER IUR ON SRNC

• M1004C174 HS-DSCH MAC-D FLOW ALLOCATION SUCCESS OVER IUR ON SRNC

b) Check if the following counters have value 1 in the drift RNC: • M1002C630 HS-DSCH ATTEMPTS IN DRNC • M1002C631 HS-DSCH ALLOCATIONS IN DRNC • M1002C633 E-DCH ATTEMPTS IN DRNC • M1002C634 E-DCH ALLOCATIONS IN DRNC

Expected outcomeThe RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature has been activated successfully.

Page 64: Activate RU20 Feature

64 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089fe90Confidential

2.6.3 Deactivating HSPA over Iur

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature in source RNC.

Note that the same deactivating procedure applies to IPA-RNC and I-HSPA Adapter.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Configure the IUR object.Set the HSPAOverIur (HSPA over Iur) parameter to 0 (HSPA over Iur disabled).

Expected outcomeThe RAN1231: HSPA over Iur feature has been deactivated in the SRNC.

Page 65: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 65

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d764Confidential

2.7 RAN1470: HSUPA 2ms TTI

2.7.1 Activating HSUPA 2 ms TTI

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed. For more information on licensing, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1475:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001475 feature-admin-state on

Hardware requirements:

• BTS: • Flexi Rel. 2 • RAN1671: Enhanced ultrasite baseband (EUBB) (this feature only applies to the

Ultrasite WBTS) • RNC:

• For the RNC196 and RNC450, a hardware upgrade is required according to feature RAN1226: HSPA peak rate upgrade in RNC196 and RNC450. This means that the support of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is possible only with the new hardware CDSP-DH (DMCU) configured as feature upgrade.

Note that the RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be activated only if HSDPA and HSUPA are enabled in a cell and the BTS type is set as WBTS beforehand.

g With the ATM Iub transport the AAL2 VCC configuration requires special emphasis once activating the SRB HSPA services. See step 4 Check and modify the ATM Iub configu-ration (only for IPA-RNC).

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the cell.

Page 66: Activate RU20 Feature

66 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d764Confidential

4 Check and modify the ATM Iub configuration (only for IPA-RNC).In order to have SRB HSPA services carried on top of the HSDPA/HSUPA channel type, the HSPA traffic type has to be added to AAL2 VCC containing the Stringent path type in the COCO object.

g Note that before modifying the COCO object, all cells under the BTS must be locked.

The following AAL2 VCC combinations are recommended (the license for the RAN759: Path Selection feature is required):

• Combination 1: • DCH & HSPA Stringent • DCH & HSPA Stringent bi-level • HSPA Tolerant

• Combination 2: • DCH & HSPA Stringent & Stringent bi-level • HSPA Tolerant

For more AAL2 VCC combinations, see WCDMA RAN ATM Transport.

g Note that ATM part is IPA-RNC specific. There is no special handling in transport area for mcRNC.

5 In the WCEL object under the Admission Control tab, enable HSDPAenabled (HSDPA enabled) parameter and under the Packet Scheduler tab, HSUPAenabled (HSUPA enabled) parameter.

6 Under the Identification tab, define the WBTS object type using the NBAPCommMode (NBAP Communication Mode) parameter.

7 In the WCEL object under the Admission Control tab, enable the HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled (HSUPA 2 ms TTI enabled) parameter.

8 Unlock the WCEL object.

Expected outcomeRAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature has been activated.

Page 67: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 67

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580812ec3Confidential

2.7.2 Verifying HSUPA 2 ms TTI

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Start measurements M5000 and M5002 Traffic with 1 hour interval.Use RNW measurement application in the Application Launcher to start this measure-ment. Alternatively the measurement can be started using NetAct administration of mea-surement application.

2 Enable the following counters:

• HSUPA throughput distribution (M5002C38-M5002C49) • Reporting E-DCH TTI efficiency (M5000C320 - M5000C323) • Reporting of number of HSUPA users per TTI (M5000C324- M5000C325)

3 Use the existing counters to monitor the mapping of the SRBs.

4 Make a few calls and check the counters once the reporting period for the mea-surements has been completed.

Page 68: Activate RU20 Feature

68 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090e553Confidential

2.7.3 Deactivating HSUPA 2 ms TTI

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

StepsThe RAN1470: HSUPA 2ms TTI feature can be deactivated by setting the WCEL param-eter HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled value of the used cell to Disabled.

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the WCEL object.

4 Set the WCEL HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled (HSUPA 2 ms TTI enabled) parameter value to Disabled.

5 Unlock the WCEL object.

Further informationAfter deactivating the feature, set the feature license state to OFF using:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1475:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001475 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature has been deactivated.

Page 69: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 69

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d768Confidential

2.8 RAN1642: MIMO

2.8.1 Activating MIMO

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1642: MIMO feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1642: MIMO feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

RAN1642: MIMO feature needs the following features to be activated before it can be enabled:

• HSDPA • HSUPA • RAN827 HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation • RAN828: HSDPA Serving Cell Change • RAN829: HSDPA Soft/softer Handover for Associated DPCH • RAN1258: HSDPA 14 Mbps per User • RAN1470: HSUPA 2 ms TTI • RAN1638: Flexible RLC

g If the SRB is mapped to DCH in DL and E-DCH in UL, the RNC assigns MIMO resources to the UE only if the EcNo value reported by the UE in rrcConnectionRequest is better as the threshold defined by the CPICH EcNo Threshold for EDCH 2ms RNC parameter. Otherwise a normal HSPA call is established.

2.8.1.1 Activating MIMO for IPA-RNC and mcRNC solution

Before you startThis feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed. For more information on licensing, see Licensing chapter.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1554:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001554 feature-admin-state on

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

Page 70: Activate RU20 Feature

70 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d768Confidential

3 Configure the following RNFC parameters.

1. Select Edit parameters from the RNFC object.2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the HSDPADynamicResourceAllocation

(HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation) parameter to Enabled (1).3. Under the Handover Control tab, set the HSDPAMobility (Serving HS-DSCH cell

change and SHO on/off switch) parameter to Enabled (1).4. Under the Admission Control tab, set the FRLCEnabled (Flexible RLC Enabled)

parameter to Enabled (1).

4 Configure the following WBTS parameters.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WBTS object.2. Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSDPA14MbpsPerUser parameter to

Enabled (1).3. Under the Identification tab, set the NBAPCommMode (NBAP Communication Mode)

parameter to 0 (UltraSite BTS, FlexiBTS, PicoBTS).

5 Lock the cell.

6 Configure the following WCEL parameters.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object.2. Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSDPAenabled (HSDPA enabled) param-

eter to Enabled (1).3. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the HSUPAEnabled (HSUPA enabled) param-

eter to Enabled (1).4. Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled (HSUPA 2 ms

TTI enabled) parameter to Enabled (1).5. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the MIMOEnabled (MIMO enabled) parameter

to Enabled (1).

7 Unlock the cell.

8 Configure MIMO in the BTS.

1. MIMO is commissioned in the BTS and it needs to follow the restrictions: • Software needed: WN6.0EP1 • For Flexi:

• Flexi rel2 System Module is required. • FSMC/D/E HW is required unit. MIMO is not supported on legacy of FSMB

HW units. • Two TRXs are needed for each MIMO local cell resource (LCR). • Rel1 single RF module cannot be part of MIMO cell. Others are supported. • Mixture of rel1 power amplifier and rel2 power amplifier branches for one

cell/sector is not allowed. • For Ultra:

Page 71: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 71

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d768Confidential

• 2 wideband power amplifiers (WPA) are required per MIMO cell. • Enhanced UltraSite Baseband (EUBB) HW is required. MIMO is not sup-

ported on legacy of WSPC HW units. • Both TX branches have to be configured from the same WTRB/D HW. • Each MIMO LCR requires two TRXs.

2. One of the following schedulers can be chosen: • Full baseband = dedicated cell based scheduler • Shared Scheduler for BB efficiency = two cells scheduler in MIMO usage

3. Virtual antenna mapping (VAM) can be used with MIMO in cell.

When local cell resource (LCR) is configured to MIMO-capable, the BTS informs the RNC in NBAP: AUDIT RESPONSE that the cell is MIMO-capable.

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1642: MIMO has been activated in the RNC.

2.8.1.2 Activating MIMO for I-HSPA solution

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 In OMS Element Manager, expand the topology tree of the IADA.

3 Configure the following I-HSPA Adapter parameters

1. Under IADA topology tree create or modify the RNFC object. 1.1 Select the RNFC object and from drop-down menu select Edit parameters.1.2 In the Packet Scheduler tab set the HSDPADynamicResourceAllocation

parameter to Enabled.1.3 In the Handover Control tab set the HSDPAMobility parameter to Enabled.1.4 In the Admission Control tab set the FRLCEnabled parameter to Enabled.

4 Configure the following WBTS parameters

1. Select the WBTS object and from drop-down menu select Edit parameters.2. In the Admission Control tab set the HSDPA14MbpsPerUser parameter to

Enabled.

5 Configure the WCEL parameters

1 In the Topology Tree View go to I-HSPA Topology →IADA→ WBTS→ WCEL of interest.

2 Lock the cell.

3 Select the WCEL of interest and from drop-down menu select Edit parameters.

Page 72: Activate RU20 Feature

72 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d768Confidential

4 Configure the following WCEL parameters

1. In the Admission Control tab set the HSDPAenabled parameter to Enabled.2. In the Packet Scheduler tab set the HSUPAEnabled parameter to Enabled.3. In the Admission Control tab set the HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled parameter to

Enabled.4. In the Packet Scheduler set the MIMOEnabled parameter to Enabled.

5 Unlock the cell

6 Configure MIMO in the BTS

1. MIMO is commissioned in the BTS and it needs to follow the restrictions: • Software needed: WN6.0EP1 • For Flexi:

• Flexi rel2 System Module is required. • FSMC/D/E HW is required unit. MIMO is not supported on legacy of FSMB

HW units. • Two TRXs are needed for each MIMO local cell resource (LCR). • Rel1 single RF module cannot be part of MIMO cell. Others are supported. • Mixture of rel1 power amplifier and rel2 power amplifier branches for one

cell/sector is not allowed. • For Ultra:

• 2 wideband power amplifiers (WPA) are required per MIMO cell. • Enhanced UltraSite Baseband (EUBB) HW is required. MIMO is not sup-

ported on legacy of WSPC HW units. • Both TX branches have to be configured from the same WTRB/D HW. • Each MIMO LCR requires two TRXs.

2. One of the following schedulers can be chosen: • Full baseband = dedicated cell based scheduler • Shared Scheduler for BB efficiency = two cells scheduler in MIMO usage

3. Virtual antenna mapping (VAM) can be used with MIMO in cell.

When local cell resource (LCR) is configured to MIMO-capable, the BTS informs the RNC in NBAP: AUDIT RESPONSE that the cell is MIMO-capable.

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1642: MIMO has been activated in the I-HSPA Adapter.

Page 73: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 73

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808bc972Confidential

2.8.2 Verifying MIMO

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1642: MIMO feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Perform the RRC connection setup with a UE that supports MIMO.

2 Open the RNW measurement management application from Application Launcher.

3 Use the RNW measurement management application to start measurements M5000 HSPA in WBTS with 15 minute interval. Alternatively the measurement can be started using NetAct Administration of Measure-ments Application.

Wait until the measurement interval starts.

4 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW Measurement pre-sentation GUI to check if the following counters have their values greater than 0. Only some of the counters are updated depending on the events in the radio inter-face.Counter updated in In I-HSPA Adapter or WCDMA RNC:M1006C245 - RADIO BEARER CONFIGURED FOR MIMO

Counters M5000 HSPA updated in WBTS:

• M5000C335 - TTIS SCHEDULED FOR MIMO USERS WITH SINGLE STREAM • M5000C336 - TTIS SCHEDULED FOR MIMO USERS WITH DUAL STREAM • M5000C337 - ORIGINAL MAC-EHS PDU TRANSMISSION WITH MIMO DUAL

STREAM • M5000C338 - MAC-EHS PDU RETRANSMISSION WITH MIMO DUAL STREAM • M5000C339 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS0 • M5000C340 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS1 • M5000C341 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS2 • M5000C342 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS3 • M5000C343 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS4 • M5000C344 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS5 • M5000C345 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS6 • M5000C346 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS7 • M5000C347 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS8 • M5000C348 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS9 • M5000C349 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS10 • M5000C350 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS11 • M5000C351 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS12 • M5000C352 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS13

Page 74: Activate RU20 Feature

74 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808bc972Confidential

• M5000C353 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS14 • M5000C354 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS15 • M5000C355 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS16 • M5000C356 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS17 • M5000C357 - CQI CORRELATED FOR MIMO DUAL STREAM CLASS18 • M5000C358 - SUM OF USERS WITH ACTIVE MIMO

Expected outcomeThe counters are being updated. The measured throughput, based on terminal capabil-ities (theoretical peak throughput of UE category 16 is 28 Mbit/s), UE receiver quality, and radio conditions, is as expected. The RAN1642: MIMO feature has been activated successfully.

Page 75: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 75

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808a8629Confidential

2.8.3 Deactivating MIMO

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN1642: MIMO feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the cell.

4 Configure the WCEL object.Set the MIMOEnabled (MIMO enabled) parameter to Disabled (0).

5 Unlock the cell.

6 Set the feature state to OFF.

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1554:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001554 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1642: MIMO feature has been deactivated.

Page 76: Activate RU20 Feature

76 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809138cfConfidential

2.9 RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM

2.9.1 Activating HSDPA 64QAM

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature descrip-tion in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed. For more information on licensing, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1471:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001471 feature-admin-state on

Before activating the RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature, enable the RAN1638: Flexible RLC feature. For information about activating the RAN1638: Flexible RLC, see Activat-ing and operating the feature in RAN1638: Flexible RLC (DL) feature description.

Both features RAN1638: Flexible RLC and RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM can be used only under the WCDMA BTSs in the network that supports these features. WBTS capabilities are received by the RNC in NBAP: Audit response and NBAP: Resource status Indica-tion messages. WBTS capabilities are read from IEs: SixtyfourQAM DL capability and HS-DSCH MAC-d PDU size capability. If the corresponding capabilities in any WBTS are reported as not supported, the feature is not available to the UEs under that WCDMA BTS even if it is activated in the RNC.

Note that feature RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM and feature RAN1642: MIMO 2x2 cannot be enabled simultaneously. 64QAM can be enabled only on System Module Rel2 (FSMC/ FSMD/ FSME) or EUBB.

For best performance:

• 64QAM should be enabled on HSPA carrier (not shared) in order: • to decrease interferences from R99 users • not to decrease available number of spreading codes

• F-DPCH feature should be used if available.It reduces code tree occupation and introduces higher probability of 64QAM usage.

Support of HSDPA 64QAM is possible only with the CDSP-DH (DMCU) configured as Feature Upgrade.

w Ensure you have configured the QoS profile of the UE in HLR in order to reach the downlink bit rate of 21M or higher. For information about HLR, see Nokia Siemens Networks DX HLR, Product Description.

g In order to guarantee a full utilization of the 64QAM modulation, the value of the MaxNbrOfHSSCCHCodes parameter is supposed to be 2 at the minimum, and feature

Page 77: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 77

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809138cfConfidential

HSDPA code multiplexing is to be supported in a cell where feature HSDPA 64QAM is enabled. If HSSCCHCode number is 1, then the utilization is not always the best possible because of the relationship between number of HS-PDSCH codes and HSSC-CHCode number defined in standard TS 25.212 (chapter 4.6.2.3 Channelization code-set mapping).

Steps

1 Ensure that the license of HSDPA 15 codes feature is active.For more information about activating RAN852: HSDPA 15 codes feature, see Activat-ing HSDPA 15 codes.

2 Ensure that the license of HSDPA code multiplexing feature is active if a full utili-zation of 64QAM is wanted. Feature RAN853: HSDPA code multiplexing should be activated if a full utilization of the 64QAM is wanted. For more information, see notification in Before you start section. For more information about activating RAN853: HSDPA code multiplexing, see Activating HSDPA code multiplexing.

3 Open the OMS Element Manager.

4 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

5 Ensure that HS-PDSCH 15 codes is available:

• HSPDSCHCodeSet (HS-PDSCH code set) contains 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, and 15 codes • Under the SystemInfo tab, configure only one SCCPCH (Reduce the DL code occu-

pation) (parameter Number of SCCPCHs) • Under the Admission Control tab, set MaxNbrOfHSSCCHCodes (Maximum number

of HS-SCCH codes) parameter value to 1 or if a full utilization of HSDPA 64QAM is wanted, set the MaxNbrOfHSSCCHCodes parameter value to 2. Note that to guar-antee the full utilization also step 2 has to be done. For more information, see noti-fication in Before you start section.

6 Ensure that the Flexible RLC feature is activated in the RNC as mentioned in the Before you start section.

7 Under the Admission Control tab, set the WCEL level management HSDPA64QAMAllowed (HSDPA 64 QAM allowed) parameter to Enabled (1).

8 Change the RNHSPA level MaxBitRateNRTMACDFlow (Maximum bit rate of NRT MAC-d flow) parameter to HSDPA 64QAM maximum value 20992 (under the Admission Control tab).

Page 78: Activate RU20 Feature

78 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809138cfConfidential

Expected outcomeRAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature has been activated.

Page 79: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 79

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580812ee1Confidential

2.9.2 Verifying HSDPA 64QAM

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature has been successful.

StepsThe activation of the RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature can be verified by observing throughput, because bitrates exceeding 14Mbps can be achieved only with this HSDPA 64QAM feature.

1 Ensure that the HS-DSCH serving cell is Flexible RLC size capable.

2 Ensure that the UE is Flexible RLC size capable. Use UE with HSDPA categories 13, 14, 17 or 18.

3 Make an HSDPA/HSUPA call.

4 Ensure that the allocated RB channel type is HSPA.

5 Start a large FTP transfer.

6 Verify that the application level bit rate of the HSPA call is above 14 Mbps.

7 Release the call.

Page 80: Activate RU20 Feature

80 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090e55bConfidential

2.9.3 Deactivating HSDPA 64QAM

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Set the WCEL level management HSDPA64QAMAllowed (HSDPA 64 QAM allowed) parameter to Disabled (0).

Further informationTo deactivate the RAN1643: HSDPA 64 QAM feature in the whole RNC, set the feature state to OFF.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature has been deactivated.

Page 81: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 81

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac76Confidential

2.10 RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell

2.10.1 Activating HSPA 72 Users per Cell

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed. For more information on licensing, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1478:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001478 feature-admin-state on

RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature needs the following features to be activated before it can be enabled:

• HSDPA • HSUPA • RAN312: HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation • RAN1464: HSDPA 64 Users per Cell • RAN1465: HSUPA 60 Users per BTS

g The value of the MaxNumberEDCHLCG parameter depends on the BTS HW. The value of MaxNbrOfHSSCCHCodes can be 4 only when the flexi release2 HW/EUBB is used.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Configure the RNFC object.

1. Select Edit parameters from the RNFC object.2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, enable HSDPA dynamic resource allocation with

HSDPADynamicResourceAllocation (HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation) configuration parameter.

4 Lock the cell.

Page 82: Activate RU20 Feature

82 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058095ac76Confidential

5 Configure the WCEL object.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object.2. Under the Admission Control tab, enable HSDPA with HSDPAEnabled (HSDPA

enabled) RNP parameter, and under the Packet Scheduler tab HSUPA with HSUPAEnabled (HSUPA enabled) RNP parameter.

3. Under the Admission Control tab, enable the HSPA 72 users per cell feature with HSPA72UsersPerCell (HSPA 72 Users per Cell) management parameter.

6 Unlock the cell.

Expected outcomeFeature HSPA 72 Users per Cell has been activated.

Page 83: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 83

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580812f09Confidential

2.10.2 Verifying HSPA 72 Users per Cell

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Open the RNW measurement management application from Application Launcher.

2 If the M1000 Cell Resource measurement is not active, start the RNW measure-ment management application in application launcher.For more information on starting measurements, see Management of basic RNW mea-surements and Starting radio network measurements.

3 Make more than 64 simultaneous PS NRT calls using HSPA capable UEs.

4 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW Measurement Pre-sentation application to check that some of the following counters have a value other than 0.M1000C364 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSDPA USERS - 65 TO 72 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C365 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 21 TO 24 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C366 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 25 TO 28 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C367 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 29 TO 32 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C368 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 33 TO 36 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C369 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 37 TO 40 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C370 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 41 TO 44 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C371 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 45 TO 48 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C372 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 49 TO 52 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C373 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 53 TO 56 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C374 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 57 TO 60 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1000C375 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 61 TO 64 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

Page 84: Activate RU20 Feature

84 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580812f09Confidential

M1000C376 DURATION OF ACTIVE HSUPA USERS - 65 TO 72 SIMULTANEOUS USERS

M1031C0 SIMULTANEOUS MAX HSDPA USERS COUNTERS PER BTS

M1031C1 SIMULTANEOUS MAX HSUPA USERS COUNTERS PER BTS

M1031C2 SUM OF THE SAMPLED VALUES FOR NUMBER OF SIMULTANEOUS HSDPA USERS PER WBTS

M1031C3 SUM OF THE SAMPLED VALUES FOR NUMBER OF SIMULTANEOUS HSUPA USERS PER WBTS

M1031C4 COMMON DENOMINATOR COUNTER FOR HSDPA AND HSUPA

Expected outcomeThe RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature has been activated successfully.

Page 85: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 85

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580875dddConfidential

2.10.3 Deactivating HSPA 72 Users per Cell

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.

Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the cell.

4 Configure the WCEL object.Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSPA72UsersPerCell (HSPA 72 Users per Cell) parameter to Not enabled (0).

5 Unlock the cell.

6 Set the feature state to OFF.

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1478:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001478 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users per Cell feature has been deactivated.

Page 86: Activate RU20 Feature

86 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d76cConfidential

2.11 RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA (On Top)

2.11.1 Activating CS Voice over HSPA

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startFor RNC/I-HSPA Adapter solutions:

Restart of the RNC/I-HSPA Adapter and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This is an optional feature in the RNC/I-HSPA Adapter.

RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature needs the following features to be activated before it can be enabled:

• HSDPA • HSUPA • RAN312: HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation • RAN767: HSDPA with Simultaneous AMR Voice Call • RAN974: HSUPA with Simultaneous AMR Voice Call • RAN1201: Fractional DPCH • RAN1262: QoS Aware HSPA Scheduling • RAN1638: Flexible RLC • RAN1644: Continuous Packet Connectivity

2.11.1.1 Activating CS Voice over HSPA for IPA-RNC and mcRNC solution

Before you startThis feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed. For more information on licensing, see Licensing chapter. For I-HSPA Adapter go directly to the first step as the license verifi-cation is not needed in I-HSPA.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1477:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001477 feature-admin-state on

g In IPA-RNC the activation of the CS Voice over HSPA feature is possible only when there are CDSP-DH cards in upgrade mode. Note that CDSP-DH cards in RNC2600 are already in upgrade mode without any further configuration. In RNC196 and RNC450 CDSP-DH cards are in replacement mode after first installation. To set them to upgrade mode perform the following steps:

• delete corresponding DMCUs • execute ZWPU MML command (only in IPA-RNC)

Page 87: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 87

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d76cConfidential

• install the DMCUs back

g Note that in ATM transport appropriate VCC configuration is required to handle CS Voice over HSPA traffic. For example, in case RAN759: Path Selection feature is enabled, the CS Voice over HSPA connection is mapped to HSPA/HSDPA/HSUPA Stringent path type - VCC configuration should contain these path types in order to handle the traffic. See step 6 Check and modify the ATM Iub configuration (only for IPA-RNC).

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.

Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Configure the following RNPS parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the RNPS object.2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, check the PriForConvOnHSPA (Priority for con-

versational on HSPA) value of the QoSPriorityMapping (QoS Priority Mapping) management parameter and update it, if the default value is not set according to the prioritization needs.

g For conversational services set the priority lower than the priority set for SRBs, but higher than the priority set for PS streaming services.

4 Configure the following RNHSPA parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the RNHSPA object.2. Check if the use of HSPA for CS voice service is allowed with the following param-

eters: • Under the Packet Scheduler tab, the EDCHQOSClasses (E-DCH QoS classes) • Under the Admission Control tab, the HSDSCHQoSclasses (HS-DSCH QoS

classes)3. Under the Admission Control tab, check with the FDPCHSetupEC (F–DPCH Setup

based on Establishment Cause) parameter, whether priority/emergency CS voice call can be mapped to HSPA.

5 Lock the cell.

6 Check and modify the ATM Iub configuration (only for IPA-RNC).In order to have RT HSPA services carried on top of the HSDPA/HSUPA channel type, the HSPA traffic type has to be added to AAL2 VCC containing the Stringent path type in the COCO object.

g Note that before modifying the COCO object, all cells under the BTS must be locked.

Page 88: Activate RU20 Feature

88 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d76cConfidential

The following AAL2 VCC combinations are recommended (the license for the RAN759: Path Selection feature is required):

• Combination 1: • DCH & HSPA Stringent • DCH & HSPA Stringent bi-level • HSPA Tolerant

• Combination 2: • DCH & HSPA Stringent & Stringent bi-level • HSPA Tolerant

For more AAL2 VCC combinations, see WCDMA RAN ATM Transport.

g Note that ATM part is IPA-RNC specific. There is no special handling in transport area for mcRNC.

7 Configure the following WCEL parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object.2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the value of HSPAQoSEnabled (HSPA QoS

enabled) management parameter that activates the CS Voice over HSPA feature. This can be performed by setting the parameter to HSPA CS Voice is in use or HSPA streaming and CS voice are in use values.

g Note that before setting the HSPAQoSEnabled parameter to HSPA streaming and CS voice are in use value, the RAN1004: Streaming QoS for HSPA feature needs to be activated.

3. Under the Admission Control tab, set the PtxTargetTotMin (Minimum value for dynamic total tx power) and PtxTargetTotMax (Maximum value for dynamic total tx power) parameters to optimize the performance of CS traffic.

8 Unlock the cell.

Expected outcomeRAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature has been activated.

2.11.1.2 Activating CS Voice over HSPA for I-HSPA Adapter solution

g In I-HSPA Adapter there is no need to activate feature licenses.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.

Expand the topology tree of the I-HSPA Adapter.

Page 89: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 89

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d76cConfidential

3 Configure the following RNPS parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the drop-down menu of RNPS object. If there is no RNPS object, create it.

2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, go to QoSPriorityMapping (QoS Priority Mapping) list and set the value of PriForConvOnHSPA (Priority for conversational on HSPA) parameter.

g For conversational services set the priority lower than the priority set for SRBs, but higher than the priority set for PS streaming services.

4 Configure the following RNHSPA parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the RNHSPA object.2. Check if the use of HSPA for CS voice service is ENABLED with the following

parameters: • Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the EDCHQOSClasses: 05 (E-DCH QoS

classes: CS voice) parameter to enabled. • Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSDSCHQoSclasses: 05 (HS-DSCH

QoS classes: CS Voice) parameter to enabled. • Under the Admission Control tab, set the FDPCHSetupEC:05 (F–DPCH Setup

based on Establishment Cause: Emergency Call) parameter to disabled so that SRB is mapped to HSPA.

5 Lock the cell.

6 Configure the following WCEL parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the drop-down menu of WCEL object.2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the value of HSPAQoSEnabled (HSPA QoS

enabled) management parameter that activates the CS Voice over HSPA feature. This can be performed by setting the parameter to HSPA CS Voice is in use or HSPA streaming and CS voice are in use values.

g Note that before setting the HSPAQoSEnabled parameter to HSPA streaming and CS voice are in use value, the RAN1004: Streaming QoS for HSPA feature needs to be activated.

3. Under the Admission Control tab, set the PtxTargetTotMin (Minimum value for dynamic total tx power) and PtxTargetTotMax (Maximum value for dynamic total tx power) parameters to optimize the performance of CS traffic.

7 Unlock the cell.

Expected outcomeRAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature has been activated.

Page 90: Activate RU20 Feature

90 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090580dConfidential

2.11.2 Verifying CS Voice over HSPA

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Open the Application Launcher.

2 Make several AMR voice calls.

3 Check if the HS-DSCH/E-DCH is allocated for the AMR calls.

Page 91: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 91

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090580bConfidential

2.11.3 Deactivating CS Voice over HSPA

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.

Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the cell.

4 Configure the following WCEL parameter.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object.2. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, switch the HSPAQoSEnabled (HSPA QoS

enabled) management parameter to the value that disables CS Voice over HSPA feature.

5 Unlock the cell.

6 Set the feature state to OFF.

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1477:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001477 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1689: CS Voice over HSPA feature is deactivated.

Further InformationThere is no need to restart the RNC/I-HSPA Adapter after deactivating the feature.

Page 92: Activate RU20 Feature

92 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580918587Confidential

2.12 Activating RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identification

2.12.1 Activating Multiple BSIC Identification

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identification feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1758: Multiple BSIC Identification Feature Description in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startBefore activating RAN1758: Multiple BSIC identification feature, make sure that WCDMA - GSM Inter-system handover is activated and operational.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

3 Configure RNMOBI object.Select Edit parameters from the RNMOBI object.

Set the Multiple BSIC identification, by configuring the MultipleBSICIdent parame-ter to value “ON”.

4 Configure FMCG object.Select Edit parameters from the FMCG object.

Set the Maximum BSIC identification time, by configuring the MaxBSICIdentTime parameter value. Parameter must be set to value greater than zero.

Expected outcomeRAN1758: Multiple BSIC identification feature is activated in the RNC.

Further informationAfter activating the feature there is no need to restart RNC or BTS.

Page 93: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 93

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058081c8abConfidential

2.12.2 Verifying Multiple BSIC Identification

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1758: Multiple BSIC identification feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Start the 1010 Inter System Handover measurement using Management applica-tion in RNC Element Manager.

2 After failed inter-system handover attempt and after the measurement data is col-lected, use the RNW Measurement Presentation GUI to check if the following counters:

• M1010C229 INTER SYSTEM HO ATTEMPTS FOR 2ND BEST CELL FOR RT • M1010C230 INTER SYSTEM HO ATTEMPTS FOR 3RD BEST CELL FOR RT • M1010C231 INTER SYSTEM HO ATTEMPTS FOR 2ND BEST CELL FOR NRT • M1010C232 INTER SYSTEM HO ATTEMPTS FOR 3RD BEST CELL FOR NRThas a value greater than “0”.

Page 94: Activate RU20 Feature

94 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809061c8Confidential

2.12.3 Deactivating Multiple BSIC Identification

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

3 Configure RNMOBI object.Select Edit parameters from the RNMOBI object.

Set the MultipleBSICIdent parameter to value “OFF”.

Further informationAfter deactivating the feature there is no need to restart RNC or BTS.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1758: Multiple BSIC identification feature is deactivated.

Page 95: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 95

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d778Confidential

2.13 RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps (On Top)

2.13.1 Activating Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps (On Top)

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

g This feature is supported also with 2+2+2+2+2+2 (six sector) configuration when all 12 cells are in the same Local Cell Group (LCG) and the System Module/Radio Modules are of release 2. In this configuration the HSPA is processed within one system module. Second system module can be added to increase the R99 capacity. BTS restart is needed in case LCG commissioning is changed. For more information on LCG commis-sioning, see Dimensioning WCDMA RAN: Flexi BTS Baseband and Dimensioning WCDMA RAN: Ultra BTS Baseband.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license installed. For more information on licensing, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1686:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001686 feature-admin-state on

RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature needs the following features to be acti-vated before it can be enabled:

• RAN826: HSUPA (required in the primary cell) • RAN852: HSDPA 15 Codes • RAN1034: Shared HSDPA scheduler for baseband efficiency • RAN1258: HSDPA 14 Mbps per User • RAN1638: Flexible RLC

Use of 64QAM modulation requires RAN1643: HSDPA 64QAM feature. With RAN1643, it is recommended to configure at least two HS-SCCH codes in each cell to allow more flexibility to the scheduler.

With RAN1686: HSPA 72 Users Per Cell, it is recommended to configure maximum amount of HS-SCCH codes to each cell because the additional HS-SCCH codes are used only in case code multiplexing is needed (otherwise same code tree branch used for HS-PDSCH transmission).

w Note that the DC-HSDPA must be activated in both cells of the DC-HSDPA cell pair.

g Note that setting of the HSPDSCHMarginSF128 and HSPDSCHCodeSet parameters is not required for activating the RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature. However,

Page 96: Activate RU20 Feature

96 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d778Confidential

setting of those parameters is needed to maximize the DL throughput and to reach the 42 Mbps peak data rate.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Configure the following RNFC parameters.

1. Select Edit parameters from the RNFC object.2. Under the Handover Control tab, set the HSDPAMobility (Serving HS-DSCH cell

change and SHO on/off switch) parameter to Enabled (1).3. Under the Admission Control tab, set the FRLCEnabled (Flexible RLC Enabled)

parameter to Enabled (1).

4 Configure the following WBTS parameters.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WBTS object.2. Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSDPA14MbpsPerUser

(HSDPA14MbpsPerUser) parameter to Enabled (1).

5 Lock the cell.

6 Configure the following WCEL parameters.

1. Select Edit parameters from the WCEL object.2. Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSDPAenabled (HSDPA enabled) param-

eter to Enabled (1).3. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the HSUPAEnabled (HSUPA enabled) param-

eter to Enabled (1).4. Ensure that HS-PDSCH 15 codes is available in order to maximize the cell through-

put: • HSPDSCHCodeSet (HS-PDSCH code set) contains 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, and 15

codes • Under the Admission Control tab, set the HSPDSCHMarginSF128 (HS-PDSCH

code upgrade margin for SF128 codes) parameter to value 0 or any other value greater than 0, which makes 15 codes for HS-PDSCH available for both cells.

g Setting of this parameter is needed in order to maximize the cell throughput.

5. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the HSPAQoSEnabled (HSPA QoS enabled) parameter to the same value in both cells of the DC HSDPA cell pair.

6. Under the General tab, set the Tcell (Frame timing offset of a cell) parameter to the same value in both cells of DC-HSDPA cell pair. Any value within the range can be used.

Page 97: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 97

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d778Confidential

g In order to support 2+2+2+2+2+2 configuration (in RU30) all 12 cells must be in single LCG and Rel2 BB and Rel2 RF must be used.

7. Under the Admission Control tab, set the SectorID (Sector Identifier) parameter value to the same value in both cells of the DC-HSDPA cell pair. The value can vary between 1 and 12.

8. Under the Handover Control tab, configure the UARFCN (UTRA Absolute Radio Fre-quency Channel Number) parameter. Note that the DC-HSDPA cell must have adjacent (not the same) frequencies within the same frequency band.

9. Under the Handover Control tab, define the DCellHSDPAFmcsId (DC HSDPA FMCS Identifier) parameter.

10. Under the Packet Scheduler tab, set the DCellHSDPAEnabled (DC HSDPA Enabled) parameter to Enabled (1).

7 Configure Dual-Cell in the BTS.During BTS commissioning some restrictions needs to be followed:

• Release 2 hardware (Flexi Rel2 or Ultra EUBB) is required • LCG configuration needs to be performed:

• for RU20 EP1 release: one LCG can handle 6 cells => 3 x DC-HSDPA cell pairs • for RU30: one LCG can handle 12 cells (Rel2 BB and Rel2 RF must be used)

• minimum 2 cells (adjacent frequencies) for sector is configured • shared scheduler is activated (It is not needed in RU30)

8 Unlock the cell.

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps has been activated in the RNC.

Page 98: Activate RU20 Feature

98 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580812f41Confidential

2.13.2 Verifying Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature has been successful.

Before you start

g Note that the RNC verifies if the Local Cells in the BTS support the DC HSDPA config-uration (which has been configured in the RNW database). If DC HSDPA is enabled in the cell, but the Local Cell is not Multi Cell Capable, the RNC sets an 7795 INCONSISTENCY IN HIGH PEAK RATE HSPA CONFIG (Multi Cell operation not avail-able) alarm. There is also the 3325 INCONSISTENCY IN CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS RNC-specific alarm, which is related to the 7795 alarm and one instance of it is activated when one or more cells in a certain RNC has inconsistency in high peak rate HSPA configuration.

Steps

1 Perform the RRC connection setup with a Rel-8 UE that supports Dual-Cell HSDPA.

2 Open the RNW measurement management application from Application Launcher.

3 Use the RNW measurement management application to start measurements M1005 and M1006 Traffic with 15 minute interval. Alternatively the measurement can be started using NetAct Administration of Measure-ments Application.

Wait until the measurement interval starts.

4 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW Measurement pre-sentation GUI to check if the following counters have a value greater than 0.

• M1005C252 - MAC-D SETUP ATTEMPT FOR DC-HSDPA • M1005C253 - SUCCESSFUL MAC-D SETUP FOR DC-HSDPA • M1005C254 - FAILED MAC-D SETUP FOR DC-HSDPA • M1006C209 - RB SETUP ATTEMPT FOR DC-HSDPA • M1006C210 - SUCCESSFUL RB SETUP FOR DC-HSDPA • M1006C211 - RB SETUP FAIL FOR DC-HSDPA DUE TO NO REPLY • M1006C212 - RB SETUP FAIL FOR DC-HSDPA DUE TO UE NACK

Expected outcomeThe approximate throughput is 42 Mbit/s. The RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature has been activated successfully.

Page 99: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 99

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090e57fConfidential

2.13.3 Deactivating Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to the Tree View.Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Lock the cell.

4 Configure the WCEL object.Set the DCellHSDPAEnabled (DC HSDPA Enabled) parameter to Disabled (0).

5 Unlock the cell.

6 Set the feature state to OFF.

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M: FEA=1686:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001686 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1906: Dual-Cell HSDPA 42Mbps feature has been deactivated.

Page 100: Activate RU20 Feature

100 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ce3dConfidential

2.14 Activating RAN2067: LTE Interworking

2.14.1 Activating LTE Interworking

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN2067: LTE interworking feature description in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the BTS is not required after activation of this feature.

g Before activation of this feature create and configure the ADJL and HOPL objects. If the ADJL and HOPL objects are not created, the SIB19 is not transmitted.

The RAN2067: LTE Interworking is controlled by the license key Cell Reselection to LTE. This is a long-term capacity license. Capacity license stands for the number of cells. For IPA-RNC and mcRNC make sure the license is valid. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing. For I-HSPA Adapter go directly to the first step.

g The feature code for this feature is 1755.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC: ZW7M:FEA=1755:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001755 feature-admin-state on

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Topology and expand the ROOT directory.

3 Expand the RNC object and then the WBTS object.

4 Configure the WCEL object:

1. Right-click on the WCEL object and select Edit parameters.2. Set the LTE Cell Reselection parameter to Enabled.

Expected outcomeThe RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature has been activated in the network element. After activating the feature, there is no need to reset the network element.

Page 101: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 101

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092dc56Confidential

2.14.2 Verifying LTE Interworking

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN2067: LTE Interwork-ing feature has been successful.

Before you startThe RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature uses system information block 19 (SIB19), which contains information on neighboring evolved UTRAN (E-UTRAN) cells, thus enabling the UE cell reselection procedure to the E-UTRAN. The presence of SIB19 on the broadcast control channel (BCCH) indicates that the RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature is active in the cell within the UTRAN. For end-to-end verification of the RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature, the LTE network is required to validate if the UE performed the cell reselection to LTE procedure successfully, and if the UE is able to set up a call in the LTE system. From the RNC perspective the following steps can be ver-ified:

PreconditionsThe cell is set up. The Cell Reselection to LTE license is active in the IPA-RNC and mcRNC.

Steps

1 Activate the RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature (see Activating LTE Interwork-ing).

Expected outcomeThe RNC sends the NBAP: SYSTEM INFORMATION UPDATE message, with SIB19 included, to the BTS. SIB19 is included in the SIBs being broadcast in the cell.

The RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature has been activated successfully in the RNC.

Page 102: Activate RU20 Feature

102 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092dc58Confidential

2.14.3 Deactivating LTE Interworking

PurposeFollow this procedure to deactivate the RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Topology and expand the ROOT directory.

3 Expand the RNC object and then the WBTS object.

4 Configure the WCEL object:

1. Right-click on the WCEL object and select Edit parameters.2. Set the LTE Cell Reselection parameter to Disabled.

5 Set the feature state to OFF using the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1755:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001755 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeAfter deactivation of the LTE Interworking feature, the RNC sends the NBAP: SYSTEM INFORMATION UPDATE message, without SIB19 included, to the BTS. SIB19 is removed from the SIBs being broadcast in the cell.

The RAN2067: LTE Interworking feature has been deactivated in the network element.

Page 103: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 103

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ce3fConfidential

2.15 Activating RAN2176: LTE PS Handover

2.15.1 Activating LTE PS Handover

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature description in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the BTS is not required after activation of this feature.

The RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature is controlled by the license key LTE PS Handover and SRVCC. This is a long-term capacity license. Capacity license refers to the number of cells. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing. For I-HSPA Adapter go directly to the first step.

g The feature code for this feature is 1756.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC: ZW7M:FEA=1756:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001756 feature-admin-state on

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Topology and expand the ROOT directory.

3 Expand the RNC object and then the WBTS object.

4 Configure the WCEL object:

1. Right-click on the WCEL object and select Edit parameters.2. Set the Incoming ISHO from LTE parameter to Enabled.

Expected outcomeThe RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature has been activated in the RNC. After activat-ing the feature, there is no need to reset the RNC.

Page 104: Activate RU20 Feature

104 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092d2a7Confidential

2.15.2 Verifying LTE PS Handover

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Start the M1009 L3 Relocation Signaling measurement using the RNW measure-ment management application in OMS element manager. For more information on starting the measurements, see Management of basic RNW measurements and Starting radio network measurements in Managing and viewing RNC measurements.

2 Wait until the measurement period starts and make a PS call from LTE.

3 Trigger an inter-system handover from LTE to UTRAN.

4 Check that the PS call continues uninterrupted during the inter-system handover from LTE to UTRAN.

5 After the measurement data has been collected, use the RNW measurement pre-sentation GUI to check that the M1009C285 LTE PS HHO IN COMPLETE counter has a value greater than zero.

Expected outcomeThe RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature has been activated successfully in the RNC.

Page 105: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 105

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092d2a9Confidential

2.15.3 Deactivating LTE PS Handover

PurposeFollow this procedure to deactivate the RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Topology and expand the ROOT directory.

3 Expand the RNC object and then the WBTS object.

4 Configure the WCEL object:

1. Right-click on the WCEL object and select Edit parameters.2. Set the Incoming ISHO from LTE parameter to Disabled.

5 Set the feature state to OFF using the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1756:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001756 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN2176: LTE PS Handover feature has been deactivated in the RNC.

Page 106: Activate RU20 Feature

106 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580937c12Confidential

2.16 Activating RAN2289 Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase

2.16.1 Activating Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase feature.

For more information on the feature, see the RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase Feature Description in WCDMA RAN, Rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startNote that this feature is under the same license as feature RAN2172: Multi Band Load Balancing. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Tree View:Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Configure WCEL parametersFor each cell where the Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase can be started, configure the following WCEL parameters:

• MBLBRABSetupEnabled parameter is configured to value “Enabled”. • MBLBRABSetupMultiRAB parameter is configured appropriately.

This parameter defines if Blind IFHO in AMR RAB setup for Multi RAB is enabled when UE is in Cell_FACH/Cell_PCH state or when UE is in Cell_DCH state or when UE is in Cell_DCH/Cell_FACH/Cell_PCH state).

• RACHInterFreqMesQuant is configured appropriately. Set the parameter value to “RsCp” for those cells where at least for one ADJI-neighbor cell the BlindHOTargetCell parameter is set to value “Enabled” in next step.

• BlindHORSCPThrTarget parameter is configured appropriately.If the Multi-Band Load Balancing is not to be done from the cell, based on target cell measurement, set the parameter to the highest value.

4 Configure ADJI parametersFor the cells configured in step 3 Configure WCEL parameters, define those Intra-RNC inter-frequency neighbor cells that can be target cells for Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase by configuring the BlindHOTargetCell parameter to the value “Enabled”.

g Under one WCEL it is possible to configure only one ADJI-neighbor/per frequency with BlindHOTargetCell configured as status “Enabled”.

Page 107: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 107

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580937c12Confidential

5 Configure HOPI parameters.For the ADJI-neighbor cells configured in step 4 Configure ADJI parameters, configure the BlindHORSCPThr parameter.

6 Configure PFL parameters.Configure the PFLIdentifier parameter, BlindHORSCPThrAbove parameter, BlindHORSCPThrBelow parameter and LaySelWeightRsCp parameter. If LaySelWeightRsCp parameter value is set to bigger than zero, also define:

• The RSCP value under which the UE is to be transferred to lower frequency band with BlindHORSCPThrBelow parameter

• The RSCP value above which the UE is to be transferred to higher frequency band with BlindHORSCPThrAbove parameter.

Configure the LaySelWeightPrefLayer parameter, if it is set to value greater than zero, then define the preferred frequency band with PreferBandForLayering parameter, see step 7 Configure RNMOBI parameters for details.

Configure LaySelWeightPrefLayer parameter, if it is set to value greater than zero, then define the preferred layer for different UE capability and service combinations.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLCSHSAMR parameter. CS Voice over HSPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLCSHSAMRNRT. CS Voice over HSPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB + PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLCSHSNRT parameter. CS Voice over HSPA capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLCSHSStr parameter. CS Voice over HSPA capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLDCHSDAMR parameter. DC HSDPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLDCHSDAMRNRT parameter. DC HSDPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB and PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLDCHSDNRT parameter. DC HSDPA capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLDCHSDStr parameter. DC HSDPA capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLMIMOAMR parameter. MIMO capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

Page 108: Activate RU20 Feature

108 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580937c12Confidential

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLMIMOAMRNRT parameter. MIMO capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB and PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLMIMONRT parameter. MIMO capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLMIMOStr parameter. MIMO capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFL64QAMAMR parameter. HSDPA 64QAM capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFL64QAMAMRNRT parameter. HSDPA 64 QAM capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB + PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFL64QAMNRT parameter. HSDPA 64 QAM capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFL64QAMStr parameter. HSDPA 64 QAM capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLFDPCHAMR parameter. F-DPCH capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLFDPCHAMRNRT parameter. F-DPCH capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB and PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLFDPCHNRT parameter. F-DPCH capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLFDPCHStr parameter. F-DPCH capable UEs with PS Streaming + PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSPAAMR parameter. HSPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSPAAMRNRT parameter. HSPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB and PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSPANRT parameter. HSPA capable U's with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSPAStr parameter. HSPA capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

Page 109: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 109

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580937c12Confidential

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSDPAAMR parameter. HSDPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSDPAAMRNRT parameter. HSDPA capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB + PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSDPANRT parameter. HSDPA capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLHSDPAStr paramter. HSDPA capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLR99AMR parameter. R99 capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLR99AMRNRT parameter. R99 capable UEs with AMR or other CS RAB and PS NRT and/or PS Streaming multi RAB (s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLR99NRT parameter. R99 capable UEs with PS NRT RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

• The desired frequency layer on desired frequency band is configured with PFLR99Str parameter. R99 capable UEs with PS Streaming and PS NRT multi RAB(s) are directed to that frequency band and layer.

Attach the PFL object to appropriate cells with PFLIdentifier parameter. There can be as many PFL object as needed for using different settings in different areas.

7 Configure RNMOBI parametersConfigure PreferBandForLayering parameter. If value of the parameter LaSelWeightBand is set to value greater than zero in step 6 Configure PFL parame-ters., then define the preferred frequency band with PreferBandForLayering parameter.

Expected outcomeRAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase feature is activated in the RNC.

Further informationAfter activating the feature there is no need to restart RNC or BTS.

Page 110: Activate RU20 Feature

110 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809363bcConfidential

2.16.2 Verifying Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Use RNW Measurement Management application in the OMS Element Manager to start measurements M1006 Traffic with 15 minute interval. Alternatively the mea-surement can be started using NetAct Administration of Measurements Applica-tion.

2 Make a call with a UE in a WCEL where the RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase feature is activated and suitable Blind IFHO target cell is free to UE.

3 Check that the value of the following counters are incremented

• M1006C234 RB SETUP ATTEMPT WITH BLIND HO • M1006C235 RB SETUP SUCCESSFUL WITH BLIND HO

Page 111: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 111

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805809363beConfidential

2.16.3 Deactivating Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase feature.

Steps

1 Open the OMS Element Manager.

2 Go to Tree View:Expand the topology tree of the RNC.

3 Configure WCEL parameter.Set the MBLBRABSetupEnabled parameter to value “Disabled”.

Further informationAfter deactivating the feature there is no need to restart RNC or BTS.

Expected outcomeThe RAN2289: Blind IFHO in RAB Setup Phase feature is deactivated.

Page 112: Activate RU20 Feature

112 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab88Confidential

Activate and verify transmission and transport features

3 Activate and verify transmission and trans-port features

3.1 Activating RAN74, RAN1634, RAN1449, and RAN1633: IP Based Iub and Dual Iub

3.1.1 Activating IP based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate feature RAN74: IP based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS.

For more information on the feature, see RAN74: IP based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU10, feature descriptions.

Exemplary reference configurations using this feature are presented in Configuring WCDMA RAN transport document.

The configuration examples in the activation instructions use the IP addressing pre-sented in figure IP-based Iub connectivity for Flexi WCDMA BTS.

Figure 7 IP-based Iub connectivity for Flexi WCDMA BTS

Before you startEnabling IP-based Iub requires the following interface units in the RNC:

• in RNC2600, the NPGE Gigabit Ethernet interface unit - RAN77: RNC Ethernet Physical Interface feature

• in RNC196/450, IP-interface upgrade - RAN1225: IP Interface Upgrade for RNC196 and RNC450 feature

In the Flexi WBTS, an FTIA, FTIB, FTJA, FTFB, or FTLB hybrid PDH/Ethernet transport sub-module is required.

The feature is an optional application with a separate license control.

This feature belongs to the application software. Before you activate the feature, make sure you have a valid license (a file including the feature information) installed. Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license must be transferred and installed in the

Page 113: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 113

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Activate and verify transmission and transport features

Id:0900d8058092ab88Confidential

RNC. For information on transferring the license to the RNC, see License management operations in RNC in WCDMA RAN license operation.

You can install the license by using NetAct or a local MML interface. If you install the license using NetAct, the feature covered by the license is automatically set to the ON state. If you use the MML interface, you must also set the feature state (ON/CON-FIG/OFF). In new installations, the default state is OFF. When installing a new incre-ment, the previously set state remains as the default.

For the specific instructions on the license installation in the RNC, see W7L INSTALL OR UPDATE LICENCE in W7 - Licence and Feature Handling.

For more information, see Licence-based feature management, W7 - Licence and Feature Handling, and License management principles. See also System Administration Principles in NetAct Product Documentation and Licensed sales items in RU20 in License management in WCDMA RAN.

Use the ZW7 command to activate the license for the feature with feature code 1079. Note that the license is capacity based, and the measure of the capacity is the number of BTSs.

If the IP-based Iub is not ON, the IP based route ID cannot be configured.

RNW configuration has to be done according to the network plan. Configuration can be created by using either the Parameter editor or the RNW plan interface. The IP-layer configuration can be managed using the local MML interface or the IP plan interface from NetAct.

The following parameters are related to this feature:

IPNB parameters for IP Iub control plane connections:

• IPNBId • WBTSId • IPBasedRouteId • MinSCTPPortIub • NodeBIPAddress • NBAPDSCP • CNBAP • SCTPPortNumberCNBAP • DNBAPList • DNBAP • CControlPortID • SCTPPortNumberDNBAP

WBTS parameters for IP Iub user plane connections:

• IubTransportMedia • IPNBId • IPBasedRouteId • MinUDPPortIub • DSCPMedDCH • DSCPLow • DSCPHigh • DSCPMedHSPA • HSDPAULCToDSCP

Page 114: Activate RU20 Feature

114 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab88Confidential

Activate and verify transmission and transport features

• HSUPADLCToDSCP • ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP • ToAWEOffsetRTDCHIP • ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP • ToAWSOffsetRTDCHIP

The parameters can be configured with the Parameter Editor.

BTS parameters can be configured with the BTS Site Manager or NetAct. For more information about BTS parameters, see Plan Editor Flexi Transport Module Parameters.

Restart of the WBTS is required after activation of this feature.

g In case RNC and BTS are configured to the same Layer 2 broadcast domain(s) (for example to the same VLANs), the IP addressing used for the user plane traffic and BFD sessions termination requires a special emphasis. For more details, see Technical Support Note, TN-RNC-SW-146 in NOLS.

Steps

1 Configure the IP-based Iub in the RNC with the MML interface.

g If NPGEP unit is used, all physical connections must be plugged in during creation of IFGEx otherwise all the NPGEP units report a fault and NPGEP with any missing Ethernet connection restarts.

If VLAN is used:

a) Enable and check administrative status of IFGE0:ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:::::UP;ZQRI;

b) Create a VLAN interface to the NPGE-0 unit. The VLAN name is 'VL1', VLAN ID is 2 (VLAN ID can have value between 2 to 4094), the VLAN is attached to the physical interface IFGE0.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL1:2:IFGE0;

c) Configure the IP address of the VLAN interface.ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL1:10.2.1.1,P:29:;

g Pay attention to the IP address planning with the VLAN configuration at system level. The sample IP addressing figures shown here depict the configuration with IP layer routing without the VLAN configuration option.

If VLAN is not used:d) Configure the IP address for the NPGE GE interface:

ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:10.2.1.1,:29:;ZQRI:NPGE,0:;

Proceed with the configuration for both cases:e) Configure the gateway for the NPGE to the external router:

ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.3.1.0,30:10.2.1.2:LOG;

f) Create a DSPM (DSCP to PHB mapping) profile for the Ethernet interface (IFGE0):Refer to the ZQ8B command in the MML manual.This is optional; also a default value can be used.

Page 115: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 115

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Activate and verify transmission and transport features

Id:0900d8058092ab88Confidential

g) Assign a DSPM profile to an IP interface in the NPGE by using the given profile ID or the default profile ID:ZQ8S:NPGE,0:IFGE0:ENA::;

h) Check the internal IPoATM from the NPGE to ICSU:ZQMQ:ICSU,0::NPGE,0:::ALL;

i) Configure the Iub control plane subnet for ICSU units:ZQMN:1:10.1.1.0,26:;ZQML:;

g The system configures the MTU for ICSU IP over ATM interface to value 1472 for the automatically generated internal full mesh IPoA. The ICSU Iub IPoA interface MTU value should not be configured greater than 1472 in order to keep the SCTP layer fragmentation aligned with the BTS SCTP defragmentation functionality. If the MTU size on Iub is configured to be smaller than 1500, respectively the MTU size for ICSU unit has to be descreased (with the MML ZQRN command) to avoid frag-mentation at NPGE.

j) Configure the IP based route to the IFGE0 for the Iub. Enter values for the bandwidth allocation according to the transport network dimensioning plan:ZQRU:ADD:1,"IUBWBTS1":8000:500:100:100:ON;ZQRC:NPGE,0:IFGE0:IPV4=10.2.1.1:ID=1:;or in case VLAN is used:ZQRC:NPGE,0:VL1:IPV4=10.2.1.1:ID=1:;

2 Configure the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to supervise the IP path to the BTS.

g BFD configuration is an optional step.

a) Configure the BFD profile:ZYGR:C:PROF=1,RXINT=500,TXINT=500,DMULT=2;

b) Configure the BFD session between the RNC and BTS:ZYGS:C:NPGE,0,1,10.2.1.1,10.3.1.1:PROF=1,ALARM=OFF;

c) Set the BFD session state to enabled and the alarm state to on when the BTS is inte-grated to the RNC:ZYGS:S:NPGE,0,1:ALARM=ON,MODE=0;

3 Configure DCN for the RNC.For instructions on configuring RNC (OMU) for data communication network (DCN), see Configuring IP stack in OMU in Configuring IP connection for RNC.

4 Configure the IP-based Iub in the Parameter Editor.

w The system configures the static IP route in ICSU towards Control Plane Destination Address Iub. When the IPNB object is disconnected from the WBTS, the static IP route is deleted based on its ROUTE NUMBER. Do not delete the static IP route manually, as it may cause a situation where the ROUTE NUMBER which might be used by other manually created IP routes, is removed while the IPNB object is disconnected from the WBTS.

Page 116: Activate RU20 Feature

116 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab88Confidential

Activate and verify transmission and transport features

a) Open the Parameter Editor. Go to “Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree view”

b) Create the IPNB object for the IP-based Iub control plane connections by selecting “Topology j RNCxx j IPNB j Create j New IPNB”.1. Provide the IPNB with an object identifier.2. Give BTS CP/UP 10.3.1.1 IP address as a Control Plane Destination Address

Iub.3. The IP Based Route Identification value is retrieved from the WBTS object once

IPNB and WBTS are connected (when the IPNB ID is set in the WBTS and the corresponding IPNB exists in the system).

4. Configure minSCTPPort (Minimum SCTP port number). Make sure that the SCTP Port ID have a unique value.

5. In the D-NBAP List enter 1 for the Communication Control Port ID; the SCTP Port Number for D-NBAP is automatically calculated.

c) Create or modify the WBTS object so that it contains the IPNB reference and IP Iub user plane configuration.Ensure that the IPNB is selected, the IP Based Route ID is given, and the Iub Trans-port media selection is IP Iub.1. Configure IPNBId (IPNB object identifier) into the WBTS data.2. Set the attributes related to IP-based Iub user plane correctly.

• Set IPBasedRouteIdIub so that it refers to the IP based route configured per MML ZQRU / ZQRC for the given BTS. In the example provided, value 1 is used.

• In the IubTransportMedia (Iub Transport Media Selection) parameter, check IP Iub only.

• The default values can be used for MinUDPPortIub, DSCPMedDCH, DSCPLow, DSCPHigh, DSCPMedHSPA, HSDPAULCToDSCP, HSUPADLCToDSCP, ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP, ToAWEOffsetRTDCHIP, ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP, and ToAWSOffsetRTDCHIP.

5 Configure the IP-based Iub in the Flexi WCDMA BTS.

g Please note that depending on the BTS software release (WN6.0 or WN6.0 On Top), the order of the steps might be different.

a) Open the BTS Site Manager.b) Start TRS Commissioning.

g The selection of the transport mode (ATM Iub/IP Iub/Dual Iub) can be made only in the BTS Site Manager Commissioning Wizard, not in the Flexi TRS Manager.

c) Enter the name and Id of the BTS. Enter the transport (TRS) and BTS IP address for DCN.

d) Set Transport Mode to Iub IP and take Ethernet interface (EIF) in use.e) Configure the Transport Ethernet Interface IP address (use example value

10.3.1.1/30). With WN6.0 On Top, when using VLANs, leave the IP address field empty and add new VLAN, configure the IP address, enter the Committed informa-tion rate and select Enable QoS checkbox.

f) Configure Quality of Service settings or use default values.

Page 117: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 117

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Activate and verify transmission and transport features

Id:0900d8058092ab88Confidential

g) With WN6.0 and earlier releases, if VLAN was configured in the RNC, take the VLAN in use and assign a VLAN Id.

h) Configure Far end SCTP subnet and ensure that the RNC ICSU IP is included in the subnet.In the example provided, the ICSU control plane subnet in the RNC is 10.1.1.1/26.

i) Configure Minimum SCTP Port and Minimum UDP Port. The value of Minimum SCTP Port has to match the value set previously using Parameter Editor.

j) Fill in the values according to transport network planning for the CAC Committed Bit Rate, Signalling Bit Rate, and DCN Bit Rate.In the example provided, these are: 8 Mbit for CAC Committed Bit Rate, 100 kbit for Signalling, and DCN Bit Rate.

k) Configure the BFD sessions to supervise the IP path to the RNC.

g The BFD configuration is an optional step. It requires BFD session established in the RNC as instructed in step Configure the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to supervise the IP path to the BTS.

l) Configure the synchronization source.m) Add the default gateway; ensure that the gateway is reachable given by the subnet

mask in the Transport Ethernet Interface.In the example provided, the external router default gateway is 10.3.1.2.

g A timing source is not automatically available for the IP Iub, and the synchronization source is provided by either a timing over packet master or Synchronous Ethernet. For more information, see Activating RAN1254: Timing over Packet for BTS Application SW and Activating RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet.

Expected outcomeThe RAN74: IP based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS feature has been activated, and after the IPNB object creation NBAP/SCTP terminations are created at the RNC.

Page 118: Activate RU20 Feature

118 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d91eConfidential

3.1.2 Activating IP based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate feature RAN1634: IP Based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1634: IP Based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU10, feature descriptions.

Exemplary reference configurations using this feature are presented in Configuring WCDMA RAN transport document.

The configuration examples in the activation instructions use the IP addressing pre-sented in figure IP-based Iub connectivity for UltraSite WCDMA BTS.

Figure 8 IP-based Iub connectivity for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

Before you startEnabling IP-based Iub requires the following interface units in the RNC:

• in RNC2600, the NPGE Gigabit Ethernet interface unit - RAN77: RNC Ethernet Physical Interface feature

• in RNC196/450, IP-interface upgrade - RAN1225: IP Interface Upgrade for RNC196 and RNC450 feature

In the UltraSite WBTS, the IFUH or AXCF (available in RU20) unit is required.

This feature is an optional application with a separate license control and belongs to the application software.

Before you activate the feature, make sure you have a valid license (a file including the feature information) installed. Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license must be transferred and installed in the RNC.

You can install the license by using NetAct or a local MML interface. If you install the license using NetAct, the feature covered by the license is automatically set to the ON state. If you use the MML interface, you must also set the feature state (ON/CON-FIG/OFF). In new installations, the default state is OFF. When installing a new incre-ment, the previously set state remains as the default.

For more information, see Licence-based feature management, W7 - Licence and Feature Handling, and License management principles. See also System Administration

Page 119: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 119

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d91eConfidential

Principles in NetAct Product Documentation and Licensed sales items in RU20 in License management in WCDMA RAN.

Use the ZW7 command to activate the license for the feature with feature code 1294. Note that the license is capacity based, and the measure of the capacity is the number of BTSs.

If the IP-based Iub is not ON, the IP based route ID cannot be configured.

RNW configuration has to be carried out according to the network plan. Configuration can be done by using either the Parameter Editor, or the RNW plan interface. The IP-layer configuration can be managed using the local MML interface or the IP Plan inter-face from NetAct.

The following parameters are related to this feature:

IPNB parameters for IP Iub control plane connections:

• IPNBId • WBTSId • IPBasedRouteId • MinSCTPPortIub • NodeBIPAddress • NBAPDSCP • CNBAP • SCTPPortNumberCNBAP • DNBAPList • DNBAP • CControlPortID • SCTPPortNumberDNBAP

WBTS parameters for IP Iub user plane connections:

• IubTransportMedia • IPNBId • IPBasedRouteIdlub • MinUDPPortIub • DSCPMedDCH • DSCPLow • DSCPHigh • DSCPMedHSPA • HSDPAULCToDSCP • HSUPADLCToDSCP • ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP • ToAWEOffsetRTDCHIP • ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP • ToAWSOffsetRTDCHIP

The parameters can be configured with the Parameter Editor.

BTS parameters can be configured with the AXC Manager or NetAct. For more informa-tion about BTS parameters, see Plan Editor AXC Parameters.

Restart of the WBTS is required during activation of this feature.

Page 120: Activate RU20 Feature

120 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d91eConfidential

g In case RNC and BTS are configured to the same Layer 2 broadcast domain(s) (for example to the same VLANs), the IP addressing used for the user plane traffic and BFD sessions termination requires a special emphasis. For more details, see Technical Support Note, TN-RNC-SW-146 in NOLS.

Steps

1 Configure the IP-based Iub in the RNC with the MML interface.

g If NPGEP unit is used, all physical connections must be plugged in during creation of IFGEx otherwise all the NPGEP units report a fault and NPGEP with any missing Ethernet connection restarts.

If VLAN is used:a) Enable and check administrative status of IFGE0:

ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:::::UP;ZQRI;

b) Create a VLAN interface to the NPGE-0 unit. The VLAN name is 'VL1', VLAN ID is 2 (VLAN ID can have value between 2 to 4094), the VLAN is attached to the physical interface IFGE0.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL1:2:IFGE0;

c) Configure the IP address of the VLAN interface.ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL1:10.2.1.1,P:29:;

g Pay attention to the IP address planning with the VLAN configuration at system level. The sample IP addressing figures shown here depict the configuration with IP layer routing without the VLAN configuration option.

If VLAN is not used:d) Configure the IP address for the NPGE GE interface:

ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:10.2.1.1,:29:;ZQRI:NPGE,0:;

Proceed with the configuration for both cases:e) Configure the gateway for the NPGE to the external router:

ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.3.1.0,30:10.2.1.2:LOG;ZQKB:;

f) Create a DSPM profile for the Ethernet interface (IFGE0): Refer to the ZQ8B command in the MML manual.This is optional; also a default value can be used.

g) Assign a DSPM profile to an IP interface in the NPGE by using given profile ID or the default profile:ZQ8S:NPGE,0:IFGE0:ENA::;

h) Check the internal IPoATM from the NPGE to ICSU:ZQMQ:ICSU,0::NPGE,0:::ALL;

i) Configure the Iub control plane subnet for ICSU units:ZQMN:1:10.1.1.0,26:;ZQML:;

g The system configures ICSU IP over ATM interface MTU to value 1472 for the auto-matically generated internal full mesh IPoA. The ICSU Iub IPoA interface MTU value should not be configured greater than 1472 in order to keep the SCTP layer frag-

Page 121: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 121

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d91eConfidential

mentation aligned with the BTS SCTP defragmentation functionality. If the MTU size on Iub is configured to be smaller than 1500, respectively the MTU size for ICSU unit has to be descreased (with the MML ZQRN command) to avoid fragmentation at NPGE.

j) Create a static route from the ICSU to the NPGE as a gateway:ZQKC:ICSU,0:10.3.1.0,30:10.2.1.1:LOG;ZQKB:;

k) Configure the IP based route to the IFGE0 for the Iub. Give values for the bandwidth allocation according to the transport network dimensioning plan:ZQRU:ADD:1,"IUBWBTS1":8000:500:100:100:ON;ZQRC:NPGE,0:IFGE0:IPV4=10.2.1.1:ID=1:;or in case VLAN is used:ZQRC:NPGE,0:VL1:IPV4=10.2.1.1:ID=1:;

2 Configure the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to supervise the IP path to the BTS.

g BFD configuration is an optional step.

a) Configure the BFD profile:ZYGR:C:PROF=1,RXINT=500,TXINT=500,DMULT=2;

b) Configure the BFD session between the RNC and BTS:ZYGS:C:NPGE,0,1,10.2.1.1,10.3.1.1:PROF=1,ALARM=OFF;

c) Set the BFD session state to enabled and the alarm state to on when the BTS is inte-grated to the RNC:ZYGS:S:NPGE,0,1,:ALARM=ON,MODE=0;

3 Configure DCN for the RNC.For instructions on configuring RNC (OMU) for DCN, see Configuring IP stack in OMU in Configuring IP connection for RNC.

4 Configure the IP-based Iub in the Parameter Editor.

w The system configures the static IP route in ICSU towards Control Plane Destination Address Iub. When the IPNB object is disconnected from the WBTS, the static IP route is deleted based on its ROUTE NUMBER. Do not delete the static IP route manually, as it may cause a situation where the ROUTE NUMBER which might be used by other manually created IP routes, is removed while the IPNB object is disconnected from the WBTS.

a) Open the Parameter Editor. Go to “Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree view”

b) Create the IPNB object for the IP-based Iub control plane connections by selecting “Topology j RNCxx j IPNB j Create j New IPNB”.1. Provide the IPNB with an object identifier.2. Give BTS CP/UP 10.3.1.1 IP address as a Control Plane Destination Address

Iub.

Page 122: Activate RU20 Feature

122 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d91eConfidential

3. The IP Based Route Identification value is retrieved from the WBTS object once IPNB and WBTS are connected (when the IPNB id is set in the WBTS and the corresponding IPNB exists in the system).

4. Configure minSCTPPort (Minimum SCTP port number). Make sure that the SCTP Port ID have a unique value.

5. In the D-NBAP List, when using the IFUH, the Communitcation Control Port ID must be set for each WAM unit (D-NBAP is terminated in WAM units). When using AXCF unit, the only possible value for the communication control port is 1.After entering the communication control port, the SCTP Port Number for D-NBAP is automatically calculated.

c) Create or modify the WBTS object so that it contains the IPNB reference and IP Iub user plane configuration.1. Configure IPNBId (IPNB object identifier) in the WBTS object data.2. Set the attributes related to IP-based Iub user plane correctly.

• Set IPBasedRouteIdIub so that it refers to the IP based route configured for the given BTS. In the example value 1 is used.

• In the IubTransportMedia (Iub Transport Media Selection) parameter, check the IP Iub only.

• Default values can be used for MinUDPPortIub, DSCPMedDCH, DSCPLow, DSCPHigh, DSCPMedHSPA, HSDPAULCToDSCP, HSUPADLCToDSCP, ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP, ToAWEOffsetRTDCHIP, ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP, and ToAWSOffsetRTDCHIP.

5 Configure the IP-based Iub in the transport module of UltraSite WCDMA BTS (AXC).

g The transport mode is changed by downloading an XML configuration file with IP Iub settings in the AXC and activating it (for instructions, see Commissioning AXC with XML configuration file in Commissioning AXC). Note that the transport mode can also be changed with the AXC Manager, but this is supported only in a local connection with the AXC Manager.

g The amount of configured NBAP links should follow the UltraSite WCDMA BTS config-uration.

g Please note that depending on the BTS software release (WN6.0 or WN6.0 On Top), the order of the steps might be different.

a) Open the AXC Manager.b) Switch the transport mode to Iub IP in a local connection with the AXC Manager.

Click “Node j Switch Transport Mode” and select Iub IP in the dialog window that opens. Click Switch to change the transport mode.

c) Configure IFUH/AXCF interfaces.Select the interface in the hardware view. Take the IFUH/AXCF interface in use and modify Speed and Duplex if required.

d) Configure transport addresses.

g Transport address settings are needed for the IP Iub and synchronization.

• Click “IP j Settings” and select the Transport addresses tab.

Page 123: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 123

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d91eConfidential

• Select the unit from the list and click Modify.Enter the Local IP Address and Netmask. Modify the bandwidth limit if needed, and take Virtual LAN (VLAN) in use if necessary.

e) Configure IP Iub settings.Click “IP j Settings”, select the IP Iub tab, and click Modify.Define the following settings: • Far End SCTP Address and Far End SCTP Subnet (this is the RNC ICSU

subnet) • Minimum SCTP Port: possible values range from 49152 to 65529. The value of

Minimum SCTP Port has to match the value set previously using Parameter Editor.Note that the BTS is reset if you modify the value of Minimum SCTP Port.

• Minimum UDP Port: possible values range from 49152 to 63135. It is recommended not to change the value of Minimum UDP Port during the AXC operation so that no calls are lost.

• CAC Committed Bit Rate: possible values range from 0.5 to 100 Mbps in 0.5 Mbps steps.

• Signaling Bit Rate: possible values range from 50 to 1000 kbps in 50 kbps steps. • DCN Bit Rate: possible values range from 50 to 1000 kbps in 50 kbps steps. • Configure the BFD sessions to supervise the IP path to the RNC.

g The BFD configuration is an optional step. It requires BFD session established in the RNC as instructed in step Configure the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to supervise the IP path to the BTS.

f) Configure IP routingClick “IP j Settings”, select Routing tab, select Display transport routing and add new routes by clicking Add.

g) Click Activate BTS Settings in the Iub IP tab to activate the settings.h) Configure the Quality of Service settings.

Click “IP j Settings”, select the Quality of Service tab, and click Modify Queue Weights and Modify Traffic Types.

i) Configure other settings, such as synchronization and Management Protocol.

g A timing source is not automatically available for the IP Iub, and the synchronization source is provided by either a timing over packet master or Synchronous Ethernet. For more information, see Activating RAN1254: Timing over Packet for BTS Appli-cation SW and Activating RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet.

g For detailed instructions on configuring AXC, see Commissioning AXC.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1634: IP based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS feature has been activated, and during the IPNB object creation NBAP/SCTP terminations are created in the RNC.

Page 124: Activate RU20 Feature

124 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d9deConfidential

3.1.3 Verifying IP based Iub for Flexi and UltraSite WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN74: IP based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS and RAN1634: IP based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS features has been successful.

g If the features are not working as expected, check the alarms for Ethernet/BFD related failures.

Steps

1 Open the Parameter Editor.

2 Check the NBAP link states.

3 Check whether the cell states are up and running.

4 Perform the calls.

Expected outcomeIP-based Iub features RAN74 and RAN1634 have been activated successfully if the whole traffic can be carried over the IP transport.

Page 125: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 125

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d9e1Confidential

3.1.4 Deactivating IP based Iub for Flexi and UltraSite WCDMA BTSIP-based Iub is not deactivated separately for the Flexi and UltraSite WCDMA BTS. The IP Iub configuration can be changed to the Dual Iub or ATM Iub configuration by follow-ing relevant instructions. In this case the Iub transport and BTS configuration need to be changed accordingly.

Page 126: Activate RU20 Feature

126 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089bfa1Confidential

3.1.5 Activating Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate feature RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS. With Dual Iub feature up and running the Iub Control Plane connections and User Plane connections for common channels, basic SRB on R99 DCH, and RT DCH bearers are always carried on top of the ATM transport. With the WBTS IubTransportMedia attri-bute, part of the call and traffic types can be configured to be carried on top of the IP transport.

With the feature RAN1470: HSUPA 2ms TTI or RAN1201: Fractional DPCH (SRB on HSPA) Dual Iub allows also to separate the following traffic classes:

• SRB HSPA • Associated DL SRB DCH

For more information on the feature, see RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU10, feature descriptions.

Exemplary reference configuration using this feature is presented in Dual Iub for combined E1 and DSL backhaul network in Configuring WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Transport document.

From the capacity dimensioning viewpoint, Dual Iub requires planning the capacity requirements separately for the ATM and the IP parts of the Iub. For more information on the dimensioning of the Iub interface, see Dimensioning WCDMA RAN.

The configuration examples in the activation instructions use the IP addressing pre-sented in figure Dual Iub connectivity for Flexi WCDMA BTS.

PS NRT DCH

NRT HSDPA

NRT HSUPA

Streaming HSDPA

Streaming HSUPA

HSDPA non-realtime traffic offload x

HSPA non-realtime offload x x

HSPA traffic offload x x x x

PS non-realtime traffic offload x x x

Full PS traffic offload x x x x x

Table 10 Allowed combinations for transport bearers on IP transport network

Page 127: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 127

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089bfa1Confidential

Figure 9 Dual Iub connectivity for Flexi WCDMA BTS

Before you startEnabling Dual Iub requires the following interface units in the RNC:

• in RNC2600, the NPGE Gigabit Ethernet interface unit - RAN77: RNC Ethernet Physical Interface feature

• in RNC196/450, IP-interface upgrade - RAN1225: IP Interface Upgrade for RNC196 and RNC450 feature

• the support of SDH interfaces by NIS1 or NPS1 interface units

In the Flexi WBTS, an FTIA, FTIB, FTJA, FTFB, or FTLB hybrid PDH/Ethernet transport sub-module is required.

The feature RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS is an optional application con-trolled with a separate license.

This feature belongs to application software. Before you activate the feature, make sure you have a valid license installed. Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license (a file including the feature information) must be transferred and installed in the RNC.

You can install the license by using NetAct or a local MML interface. If you install the license using NetAct, the feature covered by the license is automatically set to the ON state. If you use the MML interface, you must also set the feature state (ON/CON-FIG/OFF). In new installations, the default state is OFF. When installing a new incre-ment, the previously set state remains as the default.

For more information, see Licence-based feature management, W7 - Licence and Feature Handling, and License management principles. See also System Administration Principles in NetAct Product Documentation and Licensed sales items in RU20 in License management in WCDMA RAN.

Use the ZW7 command to activate the license for the feature with feature code 1246.

Note that the license is capacity based, and the measure of the capacity is the number of BTSs.

If the Dual Iub feature is not ON, the IP based route ID cannot be configured. The count of Dual Iub WBTSs (the IP based route ID is defined and IubTransportMedia is HSPA) exceeding the capacity of Dual Iub is not allowed.

RNW configuration is to be carried out according to the network plan. Configuration can be done by using either the Parameter Editor, or the RNW plan interface. IP-layer con-figuration can be managed using the local MML interface or the IP Plan interface from NetAct.

Page 128: Activate RU20 Feature

128 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089bfa1Confidential

The following WBTS parameters for user plane connections carried on top of the IP transport are related to this feature:

• IubTransportMedia • IPBasedRouteIdlub • MinUDPPortIub • DSCPMedDCH • DSCPLow • HSDPAULCToDSCP • HSUPADLCToDSCP • ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP

BTS parameters can be configured with the BTS Site Manager or NetAct. For more information about BTS parameters, see Plan Editor Flexi Transport Module Parameters.

Restart of the WBTS is required after activation of this feature.

g In case RNC and BTS are configured to the same Layer 2 broadcast domain(s) (for example to the same VLANs), the IP addressing used for the user plane traffic and BFD sessions termination requires a special emphasis. For more details, see Technical Support Note, TN-RNC-SW-146 in NOLS.

Steps

1 Configure the ATM resources for Iub control plane connections and user plane connections.

a) Create the Physical Trail Termination Point:ZYDC:1:SET=1::;

b) Create the ATM interface:ZLAC:1:UNI,1,:;

c) Create the Access Profile for the ATM interface:ZLAF:1:8:14:E:;

2 Configure the IP layer resources for the Iub user plane.

g If NPGEP unit is used, all physical connections must be plugged in during creation of IFGEx otherwise all the NPGEP units report a fault and NPGEP with any missing Ethernet connection restarts.

If VLAN is used:a) Enable and check administrative status of IFGE0:

ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:::::UP;ZQRI;

b) Create a VLAN interface to the NPGE-0 unit. The VLAN name is 'VL1', VLAN ID is 2 (VLAN ID can have value between 2 to 4094), the VLAN is attached to the physical interface IFGE0.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL1:2:IFGE0;

c) Configure the IP address of the VLAN interface.ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL1:10.2.1.1,P:29:;

Page 129: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 129

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089bfa1Confidential

g Pay attention to the IP address planning with the VLAN configuration at system level. The sample IP addressing figures shown here depict the configuration with IP layer routing without the VLAN configuration option.

If VLAN is not used:d) Configure the IP address for the NPGE GE interface:

ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:10.2.1.1,:29:;

Proceed with the configuration for both cases:e) Configure the IP address for the NPGE GE interface:

ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:10.2.1.1,:29:;

f) Configure the gateway for the NPGE to the external router:ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.3.1.0,30:10.2.1.2:LOG;

g) Create a DSPM profile for the Ethernet interface (IFGE0):Refer to the ZQ8B command in the MML manual.This is optional; also a default value can be used

h) Assign a DSPM profile to an IP interface in the NPGE by using the given profile ID or the default profile:ZQ8S:NPGE,0:IFGE0:ENA::;

i) Configure the IP based route to the IFGE0 for the Iub.Give values for the bandwidth allocation according to the transport network dimen-sioning plan:ZQRU:ADD:1,"IUBWBTS1":2000:500:100:100:ON;ZQRC:NPGE,0:IFGE0:IPV4=10.2.1.1:ID=1:;or in case VLAN is used:ZQRC:NPGE,0:VL1:IPV4=10.2.1.1:ID=1:;

3 Configure the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to supervise the IP path to the BTS.

g BFD configuration is an optional step. However, by configuring BFD session and binding it to the IP based route, IP path protection is ensured.

a) Configure the BFD profile:ZYGR:C:PROF=1,RXINT=500,TXINT=500,DMULT=2;

b) Configure the BFD session between the RNC and BTS and bind it to previously con-figured IP based route (ROUTE=IP based route ID):ZYGS:C:NPGE,0,1,10.2.1.1,10.3.1.1:PROF=1,ALARM=OFF,ROUTE=1;

c) Set the BFD session state to enabled and the alarm state to on, when the BTS is integrated to the RNC:ZYGS:S:NPGE,0,1,:ALARM=ON,MODE=0;

4 Configure the Dual Iub in the Parameter Editor.

a) Configure attributes related to the IP-based Iub user plane in the WCDMA BTS object. • Set IPBasedRouteIdIub so that it refers to the IP based route configured for

the given BTS. In the example provided, value 1 is used. • IubTransportMedia should be configured according to the transport network

planning. For example the NRT HSDPA and NRT HSUPA can be configured to the IP transport path, while the other traffic is routed to the ATM path.

Page 130: Activate RU20 Feature

130 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089bfa1Confidential

• Default values can be used for MinUDPPortIub, DSCPMedDCH, DSCPLow, DSCPHigh, DSCPMedHSPA, HSDPAULCToDSCP, HSUPADLCToDSCP, ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP, and ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP.

b) Create the COCO object and give the desired COCO object id in the WBTS object.Configure the NBAP, AAL2 signalling, and AAL2 user plane connections according to the normal ATM Iub configuration principles. For the user plane connections the ATM and IP transport selection is based on the WBTS object IubTransportMedia parameter, and it is not directly dependent on the AAL2 VCC configuration in the COCO object.

5 Configure the Dual Iub in the Flexi WCDMA BTS.

g Please note that depending on the BTS software release (WN6.0 or WN6.0 On Top), the order of the steps might be different.

a) Open the BTS Site Manager.b) Start Commissioning TRS.

g The selection of the transport mode (ATM Iub/IP Iub/Dual Iub) can be made only in the Flexi BTS Site Manager Commissioning Wizard, not in the Flexi TRS Manager.

c) Enter the name and Id of the BTS, and IP addresses for the DCN.d) Select at least one PDH interface and one Ethernet interface that are in use. Select

the transport mode of the FTM as Dual Iub.e) Give BTS Transport Ethernet Interface address (in the example provided:

10.3.1.1/30). With WN6.0 On Top, when using VLANs, leave the IP address field empty and add new VLAN, configure the IP address, enter the Committed informa-tion rate and select Enable QoS checkbox.

f) Configure Quality of Service settings or use default values.g) With WN6.0 and earlier releases, if VLAN was configured in the RNC, take the VLAN

in use and assign a VLAN Id.h) Configure the minimum UDP port and CAC committed bit rate value (in the example

provided: 2 Mbit/s).i) Configure the BFD session to supervise the IP path to the RNC.

g The BFD configuration is an optional step. It requires BFD session established in the RNC as instructed in step Configure the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to supervise the IP path to the BTS.

j) Select primary and secondary timing sources.k) Configure the default gateway for BTS routing (in the example provided: 10.3.1.2).

Also add static routes if necessary.l) Create at least four traffic descriptors: one for the BTS capacity on the VP level, one

for Iub signaling Terminations, one for AAL2 User Path, and one for DCN.

g For detailed instructions on creating traffic descriptors, see Defining traffic descrip-tors in Commissioning Flexi WCDMA BTS.

m) Create ATM Iub Terminations to BTS. Mandatory terminations for commissioning are the following: Common NBAP, Dedicated NBAP, AAL2 Signaling, and at least one User Path.

Page 131: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 131

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058089bfa1Confidential

g For detailed instructions on creating traffic descriptors, see Defining IUB termina-tions to BTS in Commissioning Flexi WCDMA BTS.

n) Create a DCN interface for the remote access to the BTS.o) Configure the default gateway for DCN routing. Also add static routes if necessary.

g For the NBAP/Signalling and RT user traffic, the ATM VCCs for the Dual Iub are config-ured in the same way as for ATM Iub.

g For detailed instructions on commissioning, see Commissioning Flexi WCDMA BTS.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS feature has been activated.

Page 132: Activate RU20 Feature

132 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d9e0Confidential

3.1.6 Verifying Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS feature has been successful.

g In case the feature is not working as expected, check the alarms for the Ethernet/BFD related failures.

Steps

1 Open the Parameter Editor.

2 Check the NBAP link states.

3 Check the status of the user plane with the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD).

4 Check that the cell states are up and running.

5 Perform the calls.

Expected outcomeThe feature RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS has been activated successfully if all HSPA traffic can be carried over the IP transport.

Page 133: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 133

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058084d9dfConfidential

3.1.7 Deactivating Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTSThe Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS feature is not deactivated separately. The Dual Iub configuration can be changed to the full IP Iub or ATM Iub configuration by following the corresponding instructions. In this case the Iub transport and BTS configuration needs to be changed accordingly.

Page 134: Activate RU20 Feature

134 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f1b82Confidential

3.2 Activating RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback

3.2.1 Activating HSPA Transport Fallback

PurposeFollow the procedure to activate Feature RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startIn case of Dual Iub scenario, the BFD session (configured in the RNC) that monitors availability of the IP link must be bound to the respective IP based route. An IP link failure causes the change of the BFD state to DOWN, which makes the related IP based route unavailable for new connections. The RNC does not use this IP based route for ongoing or new calls as long as the BFD state remains DOWN.

Restart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license (a file including the feature information) installed. To check if the RNC license is activated, use the W7I command. For more information on using the command, see W7 - Licence and Feature Handling.

Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license must be transferred to and installed in the RNC. For information on transferring the license to the RNC, see License management operations in RNC in WCDMA RAN license management.

You can install the license using NetAct or a local MML interface. If you install the license using NetAct, the feature covered by the license is automatically set to the ON state. For information on license management in NetAct, see Managing Licenses, License Manager Help, Licence Manager Technical Reference Guide, and Licence Manager problems in Troubleshooting System Management Problems in Nokia Siemens Networks NetAct documentation.

If you use the MML interface, you must also set the feature state (ON/CONFIG/OFF). In new installations, the default state is OFF. For the specific instructions on the license installation in the RNC, see W7L INSTALL OR UPDATE LICENCE in W7 - Licence and Feature Handling.

For more information on license management, see Managing licence-based feature, License management principles, and License management in WCDMA RAN.

To set the feature state, use the following command:

W7M:FEA=<feature code>:<feature state>;

g The feature code for this feature is 1482.

In case of Dual Iub scenario (native IP transport), the following features are prerequi-sites:

• RAN77: RNC Ethernet Physical Interface (HW support in the RNC for IP-based transport)

• RAN1064: Ethernet+E1/T1/JT1 Interface Unit (Iub User Plane) for Flexi WCDMA BTS (HW support in Flexi WBTS for IP-based transport)

Page 135: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 135

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f1b82Confidential

• RAN1701: AXCF unit for UltraSite WCDMA BTS (HW support in UltraSite WBTS for Dual Iub transport)

• RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS • RAN1633: Dual Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

In case of Hybrid BTS Backhaul scenario (emulated IP transport), the following features are prerequisites:

• RAN1064: Ethernet+E1/T1/JT1 Interface Unit (Iub User Plane) for Flexi WCDMA BTS (HW support in Flexi WBTS for IP-based transport)

• RAN1097: Ethernet Interface Unit IFUH (Iub User Plane) for AXC(HW support in UltraSite WBTS for IP-based transport)

• RAN1142: ATM over Ethernet for BTS (PWE3-emulated SW support in Flexi WBTS and UltraSite WBTS)

• RAN1063: Hybrid Backhaul with Pseudo Wires • RAN759: Path Selection (the feature allows to configure RT DCH, NRT DCH,

HSDPA, and HSUPA traffics over different VCCs)

Optional Feature RAN1253: Iub Transport QoS adds flexibility in enabling protection for QoS-differentiated traffic classes.

Steps

1 Start the OMS Element Manager.

2 Select Configuration Management -> Network Topology -> Tree View.

3 Click "+" symbol to expand the objects.

4 Lock all the WCELs under the relevant WBTS object.

5 Enable HSPA Transport Fallback feature.

a) Open the relevant WBTS object.b) Set the value of the BTSFallbackEnabled (BTS Fallback enabled) parameter to

ENABLED.

6 Define user plane traffic classes to be protected in case of Dual Iub configuration.

g The configuration of the IubTransportFallback parameter is required and applica-ble only in Dual Iub scenario.

In the relevant WBTS object, use the IubTransportFallback (Iub Transport Fallback Mapping) parameter to define the user plane traffic classes to be protected.

The following user plane traffic classes can be protected:

• NRT DCH • NRT HSPA • RT HSPA

Page 136: Activate RU20 Feature

136 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f1b82Confidential

g The RT HSPA means HSPA streaming traffic class.

• SRB HSPA

g By default, all user plane traffic classes are protected.

For more information on the IubTransportFallback parameter, see Protected traffic classes in WCDMA RAN Network Protection.

7 Define protection for the QoS-differentiated DCH and HSPA transport bearers in Dual Iub configuration.

g The FallbackForDCHQoSPriXX and FallbackForHSPAQoSPriXX parameters in the TQM object are applicable only in Dual Iub configuration.

The protection selection is extended in accordance with Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) values received from the core network (CN) during each radio access bearer (RAB) setup. To define protection for the QoS-differentiated DCH and HSPA transport bearers, the feature RAN1253: Iub Transport QoS must be active. For more information, see RAN1253: Iub Transport QoS and Activating RAN1253: Iub Transport QoS.

a) Open the relevant TQM object.b) For the QoS-differentiated DCH transport bearers intended to be protected, set the

value of FallbackForDCHQoSPriXX (Fallback for DCH QoS Priority Mapping) parameters to PROTECTED.

c) For the QoS-differentiated HSPA transport bearers intended to be protected, set the value of FallbackForHSPAQoSPriXX (Fallback for HSPA QoS Priority Mapping) parameters to PROTECTED.

d) Enable HSPA QoS in each intended cell.In the given WCEL object, configure the HSPAQoSEnabled parameter. If you enable QoS for streaming HSPA or CS voice over HSPA, the QoS for NRT HSPA is also enabled.

g To activate the FallbackForDCHQoSPriXX and FallbackForHSPAQoSPriXX parameters, all WBTSs connected to the considered TQM object must have the BTSFallbackEnabled parameter set to ENABLED.

g By default, all QoS-differentiated DCH and HSPA transport bearers are protected.

8 Define fallback VCCs in Hybrid BTS backhaul configuration.

g The AAL2FallbAttribute parameter at the ATM end point configuration indicates whether the given AAL2 VCC should be used as a fallback for the protected traffic when the default VCC is not available. The parameter is used to control the AAL2 VCC selec-tion at the transport bearer setup only in the Hybrid BTS backhaul scenario. The param-eter is not used in Dual Iub scenario. In Dual Iub scenario, the HSPA Fallback functionality is managed from the WBTS object level (the IubTransportFallback parameter).

a) Open the relevant COCO object.

Page 137: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 137

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f1b82Confidential

b) In the topology tree, select AAL2 user plane links folder and then AAL2 User plane link data tab.

c) For the VCC intended to be a fallback VCC, set the value of the AAL2FallbAttribute (Fallback attribute) parameter to Enabled.

9 Unlock all the WCELs under the relevant WBTS object.

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback has been activated for the relevant WBTS.

Page 138: Activate RU20 Feature

138 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058062d820Confidential

3.2.2 Verifying HSPA Transport Fallback

PurposeFollow the procedure to verify Feature RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback.

Before you startMake sure the protected traffic classes are carried over IP-based path.

Steps

1 Generate IP-based path failure.

a) In Dual Iub scenario, generate the failure between the WBTS and RNC.b) In Hybrid BTS Backaul scenario, generate the failure between the WBTS and PWE3

gateway at the RNC site.

2 Check if the appropriate alarms have been raised in the RNC

a) In Dual Iub scenario, check if the BFD LINK FAILURE alarm has been raised.b) In Hybrid BTS Backaul scenario, check if the AIS/RDI-related alarms have been

raised.

g These alarms trigger the HSPA Transport Fallback functionality.

3 Make an HSPA call through the relevant WBTS.

4 Check if the new HSPA call is admitted over ATM-based path in accordance with the chosen HSPA Transport Fallback configuration.

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback has been successfully activated for the relevant WBTS.

Page 139: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 139

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580822666Confidential

3.2.3 Deactivating HSPA Transport Fallback

PurposeFollow the procedure to deactivate Feature RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback.

Steps

1 Start the OMS Element Manager.

2 Select Configuration Management -> Network Topology -> Tree View.

3 Click "+" symbol to expand the objects.

4 Lock all the WCELs under the relevant WBTS object.

5 Disable HSPA Transport Fallback feature.

a) Open the relevant WBTS object.b) Set the value of the BTSFallbackEnabled (BTS Fallback enabled) parameter to

NOT ENABLED.

6 Unlock all the WCELs under the relevant WBTS object.

Expected outcomeFeature RAN1578: HSPA Transport Fallback has been deactivated for the relevant WBTS.

Page 140: Activate RU20 Feature

140 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083ab1eConfidential

3.3 Activating RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN

3.3.1 Activating Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN feature in the Flexi WCDMA BTS (WBTS) using BTS Site Manager.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions, Dimensioning WCDMA RAN, and Flexi Multiradio BTS WCDMA Transmission Description.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license (a file including the feature information) installed.

Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license must be transferred to and installed in the WBTS. For information on transferring the license to the WBTS, see Managing licences in Integrating and configuring Flexi WCDMA BTS transmission. To check if the WBTS license is present, choose the “Configuration j License Management” in the BTS Site Manager, to open license management dialog box.

You can install the license using NetAct or a local EM tool. If you install the license using NetAct, the feature covered by the license is automatically set to the ON state. For infor-mation on license management in NetAct, see Managing Licenses, License Manager Help, Licence Manager Technical Reference Guide, and Licence Manager problems in Troubleshooting System Management Problems in Nokia Siemens Networks NetAct documentation.

For more information on license management, see License management principles, and License management in WCDMA RAN.

g The feature code for this feature is 1544.

For operating the feature, RAN74: IP Based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS is required.

The feature also requires one of the following sub-modules:

• RAN1155: Flexi WCDMA BTS Eth+E1/T1/JT1 Sub-Module 'FTIB' with Timing over Packet

• RAN1706: Transport sub-module FTFB for Flexi WCDMA BTS • RAN1819: Transport sub-module FTLB for Flexi Multimode BTS

As a counterpart to the Flexi BTS, a CESoPSN gateway is needed to convert the TDM traffic from the BSC towards IP. The following gateways are supported:

• A-1200 / FlexiPacket Hub • A-2200 / FlexiPacket Hub • BSC3i 1000/2000 (with ETIP unit) • FlexiBSC (with ETIP unit) • Tellabs 8630 & 8660

It is recommended to separate CESoPSN and regular Iub traffic into different VLANs. This requires the RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation licence to be activated.

Page 141: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 141

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083ab1eConfidential

g After the configuration and activation of the feature, a constant part of the traffic to/from the WBTS will be CESoPSN traffic. This constant CES traffic has to be taken into account for dimensioning. It is also recommended to map the CESoPSN to Expedited Forwarding (EF) traffic class, so that it experiences similar treatment as in the TDM transmission case.

Steps

1 Launch WCDMA BTS Site Manager.

2 Make sure Ethernet and PDH interfaces are configured, and WBTS is in IP Iub mode.

g For details on configuring Ethernet and PDH interfaces, see Integrating and configuring Flexi WCDMA BTS transmission.

3 Configure CES over PSN settings.Select “View j IP” and go to the CES Over PSN tab. Enter the minimum UDP port from the available range. Make sure that the port number does not overlap with the UDP port for the user plane traffic.

g The required bandwidth displayed is the bandwidth required for each of the pseudowire created. Since there are no pseudowires configured, the bandwidth is displayed as zero.

4 Configure the PSN tunnel.Click New PSN Tunnel and enter destination IP address.

g Currently, one pseudowire (PW) tunnel and up to 16 pseudowires are supported.

5 Configure the pseudowire configurations.Click New Pseudowire and take it in use. Configure the pseudowire parameters: payload timeslots of TDM frame, remote UDP port, DSCP, jitter buffer size, and number of frames per packet. After configuring the settings, the bandwidth required for each pseudowire is calculated.

g Up to 4 pseudowires can be configured for FTIB and FTLB sub-modules. Up to 16 pseudowires can be configured for FTFB sub-module.

6 Configure VLAN for PW tunnel.

g This is an optional step. The CESoPSN traffic can be untagged or using the Iub VLAN. However, it is recommended to separate CESoPSN and regular Iub traffic into different VLANs. This requires the RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation licence to be activated.

In the IP Interfaces tab, select Transport Ethernet interface and click New VLAN.

Configure the VLAN id and the IP address and select the CES Over PSN check box.

Page 142: Activate RU20 Feature

142 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083ab1eConfidential

Select VLAN mapping and assign previously configured VLAN to the CES over PSN traffic.

7 Enable synchronization co-location.

g With co-location synchronization enabled, the TDM PDH interfaces are working with a clock derived from the selected synchronization reference. The synchronization support for collocation is independent of the availability of RAN1707 license. For more informa-tion on synchronization, see WCDMA RAN synchronization.

For enabling the synchronization co-location, proceed with the BTS commissioning. In the Define settings for BTS page, select the Forward synchronization in co-siting check box. The synchronization co-location can be also enabled with a syncPropagationEnabled parameter in the Site Configuration File of the BTS.

Expected outcomeThe feature RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN in the Flexi WCDMA BTS has been activated.

Further informationBefore the CESoPSN traffic can be utilized, a proper setup of the gateway side is needed.

Page 143: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 143

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805806faf3bConfidential

3.3.2 Verifying Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Inte-grated CESoPSN feature has been successful.

Before you startCheck that the pseudowires are correctly configured on both sides using a valid UDP port range.

Steps

1 Check that the following alarms do not show up.

• 61070: CES_PWT_DOWN, which indicates a CES pseudowire tunnel in Up state, but no IP packets are received on the tunnel in the last second

• 61071: CES_PW_DOWN, which indicates the CES pseudowire in Up state, but the number of received packets in the CES pseudowire is less than 10% compared to the expected number of packets for 1 second

• 61072: CES_PW_Remote_Packet_Loss, which indicates that packet loss condi-tion for packets of the given CES pseudowire persists for more than 1 second in ingress

2 Check the counters for CESoPSN traffic.If the CESoPSN traffic is running error free, the counters CES_Packets_Tx and CES_Packets_Rx (the number of frames sent over/received over the CES interface) will be incremented.

Non-zero value of counters CES_OutofSyncPackets, CES_LostPackets_PW, and CES_LBit_Packets_PW indicate problems with the CESoPSN traffic.

Expected outcomeThe activation of the RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN feature has been verified.

Page 144: Activate RU20 Feature

144 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807a7bdfConfidential

3.3.3 Deactivating Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate feature RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN in the WBTS.

Steps

1 Open the BTS Site Manager.

2 Disable or delete the pseudowires and PSN tunnel.Select “View j IP” and go to the CES Over PSN tab. In the Psedowire view disable each pseudowire by clearing the In use checkbox and click Send.

Alternatively, delete all pseudowires and in the end, the PSN tunnel.

3 Delete the CESoPSN VLAN (optional).If a separate VLAN for CESoPSN traffic is used, in the IP interfaces tab, select the VLAN previously configured for CESoPSN traffic and delete it.

Expected outcomeThe RAN1707: Flexi WCDMA Integrated CESoPSN feature has been deactivated in the WBTS.

Page 145: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 145

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083ab1cConfidential

3.4 Activating RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet

3.4.1 Activating BTS Synchronous Ethernet in Flexi WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure to activate feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet in Flexi WCDMA BTS.

For activating Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE) in UltraSite WCDMA BTS, see Activating BTS Synchronous Ethernet in UltraSite WCDMA BTS.

RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet requires considering additional bandwidth on the BTS side in the downlink due to terminating synchronization status messages (SSM) in there. This bandwidth, of 10 kbps at maximum, is to be allocated on the Ethernet layer only (is not visible to higher layers, for example IP). For more details on bandwidth requirements of synchronization signals, see Dimensioning WCDMA RAN: Access Network (RNC and Transport).

For more information on the feature, see RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

The feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet is an optional application with a separate license control. The feature belongs to application software. Before you activate the feature, make sure you have a valid license installed.

Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license (a file including the feature infor-mation) must be transferred and installed in the WBTS.

You can install the license by using NetAct or a local BTS Site Manager interface. Once the license file has been installed, the activation of the feature takes place through the configuration of the SyncE as a synchronization clock source, as explained later in this document.

For more information on transferring the license using NetAct, see License management operations in BTS in WCDMA RAN license operation. For more information on transfer-ring the license for Flexi WBTS using BTS Site Manager, see Managing licences in Inte-grating and configuring Flexi WCDMA BTS transmission.

g The feature code for this feature is 1515.

For more information, see the following documentation:

• Managing licence-based feature • License management principles • Licensed sales items in RU20 in License management in WCDMA RAN • System Administration Principles in NetAct Product Documentation

The feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet also requires specific hardware. The FTIB, FTFB, or FTLB (available in RU20 On Top) sub-modules are required for Flexi WCDMA BTS. For more information, see RAN1155: Flexi WCDMA BTS Eth+E1/T1/JT1 Sub-Module "FTIB" with Timing over Packet, RAN1819: Transport Sub-module FTLB for Flexi Multimode BTS, or RAN1706: Transport Sub-module FTFB for Flexi WCDMA BTS.

Page 146: Activate RU20 Feature

146 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083ab1cConfidential

For Flexi WCDMA BTS, this feature is based on or requires the following features:

• Either RAN1142: ATM over Ethernet or RAN74: IP Based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS for the configuration of the packet transfer mode on the packet backhaul as Pseudo Wires or Native Iub/IP respectively

• RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS

g Both RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet and RAN1254: Timing over Packet can be activated at the same time; one is set as primary and the other as secondary synchro-nization source.

The feature RAN74: IP Based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS requires RAN1708: BTS Syn-chronous Ethernet feature for synchronization in case other synchronization methods are not available.

Even though SyncE can work perfectly in the ATM over Ethernet Iub mode, the target application for SyncE is explicitly meant to be used in the IP-based Iub mode. It is because of the fact that in the ATM over Ethernet Iub mode there are classical alterna-tives for the provision of synchronization to the WCDMA BTS based on PDH/SDH TDM signal transmission.

Steps

1 Take an Ethernet interface in use.In the TRS Hardware view of the BTS Site Manager, under Physical Interfaces tab, take an Ethernet interface in use.

2 Acknowledge the changes.Click Send.

3 Activate SyncE.In the Configuration menu of the BTS Site Manager, select TRS Configuration and Synchronization. Select Synchronous Ethernet<IF> as the primary timing source.

g By default the SSM messages are enabled and message timeout is set to 5 seconds.

4 Acknowledge the changes.Click Send. Close the window.

Expected outcomeThe feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet has been activated in the Flexi WBTS.

Further informationWhen Synchronous Ethernet is operational in the FTxx sub-module, a clock output of 2.048 MHz is forwarded towards the BTS. When the internal clock is taken into use, there is no clock forwarded towards the BTS.

Page 147: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 147

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580863d85Confidential

3.4.2 Activating BTS Synchronous Ethernet in UltraSite WCDMA BTS

PurposeFollow the procedure to activate feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet in Ultra-Site WCDMA BTS. The SyncE in UltraSite WBTS is supported from RU20 On Top.

For activating Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE) in Flexi WCDMA BTS, see Activating BTS Synchronous Ethernet in Flexi WCDMA BTS.

RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet requires considering additional bandwidth on the BTS side in the downlink due to terminating synchronization status messages (SSM) in there. This bandwidth, of 10 kbps at maximum, is to be allocated on the Ethernet layer only (is not visible to higher layers, for example IP). For more details on bandwidth requirements of synchronization signals, see Dimensioning WCDMA RAN: Access Network (RNC and Transport).

For more information on the feature, see RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

The feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet is an optional application with a separate license control. The feature belongs to application software. Before you activate the feature, make sure you have a valid license installed.

Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license (a file including the feature infor-mation) must be transferred and installed in the WBTS.

You can install the license by using NetAct or a local AXC Manager interface. Once the license file has been installed, the activation of the feature takes place through the con-figuration of the SyncE as a synchronization clock source, as explained later in this doc-ument.

For more information on transferring the license using NetAct, see License management operations in BTS in WCDMA RAN license management. For more information on transferring the license for UltraSite WBTS using AXC Manager, see Managing licences in Operating and maintaining AXC.

g The feature code for this feature is 1515.

For more information, see the following documentation:

• Managing licence-based feature • License management principles • Licensed sales items in RU20 in License management in WCDMA RAN • System Administration Principles in NetAct Product Documentation

The feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet also requires specific hardware. The AXCF unit is required for AXC. For more information on AXCF, see RAN1701: AXCF unit for UltraSite WCDMA BTS.

For UltraSite WCDMA BTS, this feature is based on or requires the following features:

• Either RAN1142: ATM over Ethernet or RAN1634: IP Based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS for the configuration of the packet transfer mode on the packet backhaul as Pseudo Wires or Native Iub/IP respectively

• RAN1633: Dual Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

Page 148: Activate RU20 Feature

148 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580863d85Confidential

g Both RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet and RAN1254: Timing over Packet can be activated at the same time; one is set as primary and the other as secondary synchro-nization source.

The feature RAN1634: IP Based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS requires RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet feature for synchronization in case other synchronization methods are not available.

Even though SyncE can work perfectly in the ATM over Ethernet Iub mode, the target application for SyncE is explicitly meant to be used in the IP-based Iub mode. It is because of the fact that in the ATM over Ethernet Iub mode there are classical alterna-tives for the provision of synchronization to the WCDMA BTS based on PDH/SDH TDM signal transmission.

Steps

1 Launch AXC Manager. Make sure Ethernet interfaces are configured (AXCF unit is in use), and WBTS is in IP Iub or Dual Iub mode.

2 Define SyncE as the timing source.Click “Configuration j Synchronization” to open the synchronization window. Add new timing source by checking in the Transmission interface and selecting AXCF along with its Ethernet interface.

3 Configure SyncE parameters.In the same window, configure the SSM timeout. You can also enable the SSM monitor-ing on the selected interface.

g The SSM value shows the current SSM value obtained from the concrete timing source.

4 Acknowledge the changes.Click OK to close the window.

5 Change the priority of synchronization timing sources if necessary.Select the timing source and use the arrow buttons to change the priority.

6 Acknowledge the changes.Click OK to send the changes and close the window.

Expected outcomeThe feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet has been activated in the UltraSite WBTS.

Page 149: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 149

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807012cdConfidential

3.4.3 Verifying BTS Synchronous EthernetTo verify that the feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet has been activated, check that there is no pending Synchronization lost alarm. Use the BTS Site Manager or AXC Manager to confirm that the alarm is not visible.

The currently active timing source is displayed in the BTS Site Manager in “Configuration j TRS Configuration j Synchronization” under Active source in TRS and in the AXC Manager in the “Configuration j Synchronization” window.

The feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet has been activated successfully if there are no synchronization alarms and Synchronous Ethernet is the active source in synchronization window.

Page 150: Activate RU20 Feature

150 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807012c9Confidential

3.4.4 Deactivating BTS Synchronous EthernetTo deactivate the feature RAN1708: BTS Synchronous Ethernet, change the source for synchronization.

For Flexi WBTS, in the Configuration menu of the BTS Site Manager, select TRS Configuration and Synchronization. Either delete the Synchronous Ethernet from the list of timing sources by selecting the checkbox and pressing Send, or select different source of synchronization.

For UltraSite WBTS, in the “Configuration j Synchronization” window of AXC Manager, remove SyncE from the timing sources list and click OK.

g Before deleting the Synchronous Ethernet, check that you have an alternative synchro-nization source available. In this case the synchronization automatically switches to the secondary source. If there is no secondary source, the system goes to internal clock automatically.

Page 151: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 151

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

3.5 Activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation

3.5.1 Activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation

PurposeFollow the procedure to activate the feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation. For more information on the feature, see RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU30, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC is not required after the activation of this feature. The WBTS requires restarting if new VLAN IP addresses have been configured to be used by the user, control or management plane.

The feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation is an optional application feature. The license is required to configure more than one VLAN interface in the WBTS. Before you activate the feature, make sure a valid license has been installed. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

g The feature code for this feature is 1640.

The feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation requires certain hardware and is dependant on other features. For more information, see Hardware requirements and Interdependencies between features in RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

This document presents the procedures on how to configure the new functionalities introduced by the feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation. For more information on how to configure IP-based Iub, see Activating RAN74, RAN1634, RAN1449, and RAN1633: IP based Iub and Dual Iub.

The configuration examples in the activation instructions use the IP addressing pre-sented in the figure Figure 10 Example of IP addressing scheme for VLAN Traffic Differ-entiation.

Figure 10 Example of IP addressing scheme for VLAN Traffic Differentiation

Static routes are configured in the RNC and WBTS as presented in the following steps. In this example, static routes must also be configured in the site router. For details, see the table Site router static routes.

Page 152: Activate RU20 Feature

152 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

Steps for activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation on the WBTS

1 Configure VLANs in the WBTS via the Element Manager.

g For Flexi WBTS, open the BTS Site Manager. For UltraSite WBTS, open the AXC Manager.If you follow the example IP addressing used in this document, make sure that the fol-lowing WBTS IP addresses are configured as described:

• The BTS IP address belongs to the 10.4.0.0/30 BTS O&M subnet. • The RNC IP address is the IP address assigned to the OMU unit in the RNC and

belongs to the 10.0.0.0/24 RNC O&M subnet. • The Far end SCTP address is the IP address assigned to the ICSU unit in the RNC

and the Far end SCTP subnet is the Iub CP subnet configured in the RNC.

a) Configure VLANs for different traffic types.

g For Flexi WBTS, select “IP j IP Interfaces j New VLAN”. For UltraSite WBTS, select “IP j Settings j Transport addresses j Configure j Add”.

For this configuration example, configure VLANs for different traffic types in accor-dance with the table VLANs for different traffic types.

The Enable QoS option must be selected for the VLANs used for user plane, other-wise no user plane resource can be allocated to these VLANs.

b) Configure Commited Information Rate for each VLAN.

g When M-plane or C-plane are configured with a virtual address: • IP Interface Signalling CBR is not considered.

site router static routes

usage destination subnet

gateway

CP 10.1.0.0/24 10.2.30.2

MP (RNC) 10.0.0.0/24 10.2.40.2

MP (WBTS) 10.4.0.0/30 10.3.80.2

Table 11 Site router static routes

usage VLAN ID address/mask

UP1 50 10.3.50.2/24

UP2 60 10.3.60.2/24

CP 70 10.3.70.2/24

MP 80 10.3.80.2/24

ToP 90 10.3.90.2/24

Table 12 VLANs for different traffic types

Page 153: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 153

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

• IP Interface DCN CBR is not considered. • The sum of interface CIRs (cirs in IEIFs) should be configured below the avail-

able capacity.

c) Configure Shaper Information Rate and Shaper Burst Size. These parameters are used only when VLAN level shaping is configured. For more information, see substep b) in step Configure traffic shaping type.

d) Configure BFD sessions for VLAN interfaces used by user plane traffic.

g BFD configuration is optional. Up to two BFD sessions for each VLAN and the plain Ethernet interface can be established.

Configure one multihop BFD session for each of the two VLAN interfaces used by the user plane. The configuration must be in accordance with the parameters and IP addresses of the RNC BFD sessions configured in step Create BFD sessions.

2 Configure traffic shaping type.

g For Flexi WBTS, select “IP j IP Interfaces j Transport Ethernet interface”. For UltraSite WBTS, select “IP j Settings j Transport Addresses j Modify”.

Traffic shaping can be performed either on Ethernet interface level or individually for each VLAN. For more information on the WBTS shaping functionality, see WBTS sched-uling and shaping in RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

a) Configure traffic shaping on Ethernet interface level.Set the Traffic shaping type parameter to WFQ. Configure Total Shaper Information Rate and Total Shaper Burst Size. The whole aggregated egress traffic is shaped on the Ethernet interface port level with regard to these two param-eters.

b) Configure traffic shaping on VLAN interface level.Set the Traffic shaping type parameter to Path. Configure Shaper Information Rate and Shaper Burst Size to shape all traffic that is sent over the Ethernet inter-face (if the Ethernet interface is configured). The shaping on VLAN level is per-formed in accordance with the parameters configured in substep c) in step Configure VLANs in the WBTS via the Element Manager.

3 Configure static routes in the WBTS for different traffic types.

a) Configure static routes in the WBTS for Iub traffic.

g For Flexi WBTS, select “IP j BTS Routing”. For UltraSite WBTS, select “IP j Settings j Routing”.

It is assumed that all WBTS VLANs are terminated in the site router. The site router 10.3.XX.1 IP addresses are the gateways for the respective egress WBTS traffic types. The table WBTS static routes presents the static routes that must be config-ured in the WBTS in this configuration example.

Page 154: Activate RU20 Feature

154 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

b) Configure a static route in the WBTS towards the NetAct network.The static route in the WBTS should have the gateway configured to the IP address of the site router's VLAN interface used by management plane (in this configuration example, the IP address is 10.3.80.1). The site router should have the routing infor-mation configured accordingly to forward all O&M traffic destined for the NetAct network.

Steps for activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation on the IPA-RNC

1 Configure VLAN interfaces for different traffic types in the RNC via MML.

g In the configuration example presented, only one non-redundant NPGE unit connected to one site router is used.

The VLANs for different traffic types configured in the RNC are terminated in the site router.

a) Interrogate the state of the units.ZUSI:NPGEP,0;

b) Configure the Ethernet shaping rate to limit the outgoing traffic. The same configu-ration must be set to the redundant unit separately.ZQAS:NPGEP,0:IFGE0:BANDWIDTH=800;

c) Change the state of the given Gigabit Ethernet interface to UP.ZQRN:NPGE,0:IFGE0:::::UP;

d) Configure VLAN interface used by user plane 1.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL10:10:IFGE0;ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL10:10.2.10.2,P:24;

e) Configure VLAN interface used by user plane 2.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL20:20:IFGE0;ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL20:10.2.20.2,P:24;

f) Configure VLAN interface used by control plane.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL30:30:IFGE0;ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL30:10.2.30.2,P:24;

g) Configure VLAN interface used by management plane.ZQRM:NPGE,0:VL40:40:IFGE0;ZQRN:NPGE,0:VL40:10.2.40.2,P:24;

WBTS static routes

usage destination subnet

gateway

UP1 10.2.10.0/24 10.3.50.1

UP2 10.2.20.0/24 10.3.60.1

CP 10.1.0.0/24 10.3.70.1

MP 10.0.0.0/24 10.3.80.1

ToP ToP subnet 10.3.90.1

Table 13 WBTS static routes

Page 155: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 155

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

2 Configure two IP based routes towards the given WBTS for user plane traffic dif-ferentation.

g It is also possible to configure only one IP based route per WBTS in the RNC. In this case, the IP based route must be associated with two different IP addresses to support traffic differentiation. The mechanism of the IP based route selection for user plane traffic is described in User plane transport bearer setup in RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Dif-ferentiation in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, feature descriptions.

a) Configure IP based route for user plane 1ZQRU:ADD:10,"IPROUTE1":11000:10000:100:100:ON,20;ZQRC:NPGE,0:VL10:IPV4=10.2.10.2:ID=10:PHB=”EF,AF4,AF3,AF2,AF1”;

b) Configure IP based route for user plane 2ZQRU:ADD:20,"IPROUTE2":11000:10000:100:100:ON,20;ZQRC:NPGE,0:VL20:IPV4=10.2.20.2:ID=20:PHB=”BE”;

g The PHB sets assigned to the two IP addresses should cover all possible PHB values (BE, AF1, AF2, AF3, AF4, and EF). Only then can each kind of user plane traffic be mapped to one of the two dedicated VLANs.

g Ensure the IP QoS is enabled in IP interfaces by using MML command Q8S. For more information, see Configuring IP QoS section in Configuring IP Connection for IPA-RNC document.

3 Configure static routes in the RNC for different traffic types.

g It is assumed that all RNC VLANs are terminated in the site router. The site router 10.2.XX.1 IP addresses are the gateways for the respective egress RNC traffic types. The table Table 14 NPGE static routes presents the static routes that must be config-ured in the NPGE in this configuration example.

a) Configure a static route for the user plane 1 subnet between the site router and WBTS.ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.3.50.0,24:10.2.10.1:PHY;

NPGE static routes

usage destination subnet

gateway

UP1 10.3.50.0/24 10.2.10.1

UP2 10.3.60.0/24 10.2.20.1

CP 10.3.70.0/24 10.2.30.1

MP 10.4.0.0/30 10.2.40.1

Table 14 NPGE static routes

Page 156: Activate RU20 Feature

156 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

b) Configure a static route for the user plane 2 subnet between the site router and WBTS.ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.3.60.0,24:10.2.20.1:PHY;

c) Configure a static route for the control plane subnet between the site router and WBTS.ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.3.70.0,24:10.2.30.1:PHY;

d) Configure a static route for the BTS O&M subnet in the NPGE unit.With the ZQKC command configure a static route in the NPGE towards the WBTS O&M subnet (10.4.0.0/30) with the gateway that is the IP address of the site router's VLAN interface used by management plane (in this configuration example, this IP address is 10.2.40.1).ZQKC:NPGE,0:10.4.0.0,24:10.2.40.1:PHY;

e) Configure a static route for the BTS O&M subnet in the OMU unit.With the ZQKC command configure a static route in the OMU towards the WBTS O&M subnet (10.4.0.0/30) with the gateway that is the IP address of the NPGE in the same subnet as the OMU (10.0.0.0/24).ZQKC:OMU,0:10.4.0.0,24:10.0.0.X:LOG;

g 10.0.0.X is the IP address of the NPGE unit in the RNC O&M subnet (10.0.0.0/24).

f) Configure static routes in the OMU and NPGE units towards the NetAct network.The static route in the OMU unit should have the gateway configured to the IP address of the RNC's VLAN interface used by management plane (in this configu-ration example, this IP address is 10.2.40.2).The static route in the NPGE unit should have the gateway configured to the IP address of the site router's VLAN interface used by management plane (in this con-figuration example, this IP address is 10.2.40.1). The site router should have the routing information configured accordingly to forward all O&M traffic destined for the NetAct network.

4 Create BFD sessions and associate them with the IP based routes configured.

g BFD configuration is optional. By configuring a BFD session and binding it to the IP based route, IP path protection is ensured.

a) Configure a BFD profile.ZYGR:C:PROF=1,RXINT=500,TXINT=500,DMULT=2;

b) Configure a BFD session for the user plane 1 traffic between the RNC and WBTS and associate it with the respective IP based route.

g Use the values of the IP based route IDs configured in step Configure two IP based routes towards the given WBTS for user plane traffic differentation.

ZYGS:C:NPGE,0,1,10.2.10.2,10.3.50.2:PROF=1,ALARM=OFF,ROUTE=10;

c) Configure a BFD session for the user plane 2 traffic between the RNC and WBTS and associate it with the respective IP based route.ZYGS:C:NPGE,0,2,10.2.20.2,10.3.60.2:PROF=1,ALARM=OFF,ROUTE=20;

Page 157: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 157

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

d) Enable the BFD sessions configured and their alarms when the WBTS has been configured to the RNC.ZYGS:S:NPGE,0,1:ALARM=ON,MODE=0;

5 Open the OMS Element Manager.

6 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

7 Configure Iub IP based route identifiers.

a) Open the relevant WBTS object.b) Assign the IP based route IDs to the given WBTS.

Use the values of the IP based route IDs configured in step Configure two IP based routes towards the given WBTS for user plane traffic differentation.If you follow the exemplary configuration presented in this document, assign 10 to IP Based Route Id Iub (IPBasedRouteIdIub) and 20 to IP Based Route Id Iub 2 (IPBasedRouteIdIub2).

g It is possible to configure one IP based route per WBTS in the RNC. In this case, only IP Based Route Id Iub must be configured. If there are two VLANs attached to one IP based route, IP Based Route Id Iub 2 does not need to be configured.

If you plan two IP based routes per WBTS, IP Based Route Id Iub 2 can be configured only when IP Based Route Id Iub has been configured. IP Based Route Id Iub 2 is used only for user plane connections. IP Based Route Id Iub is mapped by the system to IP Based Route Identification (IPBasedRouteId) in the respective IPNB object and used during both user and control plane connections.

While configuring IP Based Route Id Iub and IP Based Route Id Iub 2, use the IDs of the IP based routes that have already been configured via MML in the IPA platform. Configuration of IP Based Route Id Iub 2 with a nonexisting IP based route ID is not checked by the system and results with a failure of user plane transport bearer estab-lishment. Configuration of IP Based Route Id Iub with a nonexisting IP based route ID results with the Error 17126 The IP based route ID cannot be found, as this ID is used by the IPNB object during CNBAP link creation.

The control plane traffic uses only IP Based Route Id Iub.

Steps for activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation on the Multicontroller RNC

PurposeFollow the procedure to activate the feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation for mcRNC. For more information on the feature, see RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentia-tion for mcRNC in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU30, feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC is not required after the activation of this feature. The WBTS requires restarting if new VLAN IP addresses have been configured to be used by the user, control or management plane.

Page 158: Activate RU20 Feature

158 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

This document presents the procedures on how to configure the new functionalities introduced by the feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation. For more information on how to configure IP-based Iub, see Configuring IP Connection for Multicontroller RNC.

The configuration examples in the activation instructions use the IP addressing pre-sented in the figure Figure 11 Example of IP addressing scheme for VLAN Traffic Differ-entiation for mcRNC.

Figure 11 Example of IP addressing scheme for VLAN Traffic Differentiation for mcRNC

The traffic is separated to four different VLANs:

• A VLAN for high priority user plane traffic– mcRNC/site routers: VLAN11&12, BTS/Routers VLAN 50

• A VLAN for low priority user plane traffic– mcRNC/site routers: VLAN13&14, BTS/Routers VLAN 60

• A VLAN for signalling traffic– mcRNC/site routers: VLAN15&16, BTS/Routers VLAN 70

• A VLAN for O&M traffic

Page 159: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 159

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

– mcRNC/site routers: separate VLANs in between CFPU units and site routers (not visible in figure)

In addition a separate VLAN is configured on WBTS for ToP traffic. The WBTS config-uration can be done as in Steps for activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation on the WBTS.

1 Configure VLAN interfaces for different traffic types in the mcRNC via SCLI.

g For VLAN configuration, see chapter 3.6 Configuring Iu, Iur and Iub interface, mcRNC evolved site solution in the Configuring IP Connection for Multicontroller RNC document.

2 Configure two IP based routes towards the given WBTS for user plane traffic dif-ferentation.

a) Configure IP based route for user plane 1add ipbr ipbr-id 10 committed-bandwidth 17000 committed-dcn-bandwidth 0 committed-sig-bandwidth 0 ipbr-name highprio-10 route-bandwidth 10000 scheduler-type none • IP Plan

Related object class: IPBR, IPRORNC-xx/IP-1/IPBR-10

• ipBasedRouteName = Iubipbr-10 • routeBW = 10000 • committedBW = 7000 • committedDcnBW = 0 • committedSigBW = 0 • dspmProfileID = 0 (default) • phbProfileID = 0 (default) • schedulerType = virtual (none)

RNC-xx/IP-1/OWNER-QNUP-0/IPRO-1-10.1.0.1-lo • No attributes needed, default values applied

b) Configure IP based route for user plane 2add ipbr ipbr-id 20 committed-bandwidth 5000 committed-dcn-bandwidth 0 committed-sig-bandwidth 0 ipbr-name lowprio-20 route-bandwidth 5000 scheduler-type none

3 Configure static routes in the mcRNC for different traffic types.

g It is assumed that all mcRNC VLANs are terminated in the site router. The site router IP addresses are the gateways for the respective egress RNC traffic types.

Page 160: Activate RU20 Feature

160 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

a) Configure a static route for the user plane 1 VLAN between the mcRNC and WBTS.set routing node EIPU-0 static-route 10.3.50.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.1.33 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-1 static-route 10.3.50.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.1.33 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-0 static-route 10.3.50.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.1.1 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250

set routing node EIPU-1 static-route 10.3.50.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.1.13 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

• IP PlanRelated object class: SRT4, ADR4GWRNC-xx/IP-1/OWNER-EIPU-0/RTINST-default/SRT4-10.3.50.0-30

• nexthop = 2 (gateway)RNC-xx/IP-1/OWNER-EIPU-0/RTINST-default/SRT4-10.3.50.0-30/ADR4GW-10.0.1.1

• No attributes needed, default values appliedRNC-xx/IP-1/OWNER-EIPU-0/RTINST-default/SRT4-10.3.50.0-30/ADR4GW-10.0.1.33

• No attributes needed, default values appliedb) Configure a static route for the user plane 2 subnet between the mcRNC and WBTS.

set routing node EIPU-0 static-route 10.3.60.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.2.33 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-1 static-route 10.3.60.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.2.33 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-0 static-route 10.3.60.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.2.1 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-1 static-route 10.3.60.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.2.1 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

Page 161: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 161

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

c) Configure a static route for the control plane subnet between the mcRNC and WBTS.set routing node EIPU-0 static-route 10.3.70.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.3.33 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-1 static-route 10.3.70.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.3.33 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-0 static-route 10.3.70.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.3.1 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

set routing node EIPU-1 static-route 10.3.70.0/30 nexthop gateway address 10.0.3.1 bfd-detect-mult 4bfd-rx-interval 250 bfd-monitoring enabled bfd-tx-interval 250 on

4 Create BFD sessions.

g BFD configuration is optional. By configuring a BFD session an alarm is set if BFD session fails.

a) Configure a BFD session for the user plane 1 traffic between the RNC and WBTS.add networking instance default bfd session /EIPU-0 srcaddr x.y.z.2 dstaddr 10.3.50.3 tx-interval 1000 rx-interval 1000 detect-mult 6

add networking instance default bfd session /EIPU-1 srcaddr x.y.z.2 dstaddr 10.3.50.3 tx-interval 1000 rx-interval 1000 detect-mult 6

b) Configure a BFD session for the user plane 2 traffic between the RNC and WBTS.add networking instance default bfd session /EIPU-0 srcaddr x.y.z.3 dstaddr 10.3.60.3 tx-interval 1000 rx-interval 1000 detect-mult 6

add networking instance default bfd session /EIPU-1 srcaddr x.y.z.3 dstaddr 10.3.60.3 tx-interval 1000 rx-interval 1000 detect-mult 6

5 Open the OMS Element Manager.

6 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

7 Configure Iub IP based route identifiers in the RNC RNW Object Browser GUI.

a) Open the relevant WBTS object.

Page 162: Activate RU20 Feature

162 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058092ab8aConfidential

b) Assign the IP based route IDs to the given WBTS.Use the values of the IP based route IDs configured in step Configure two IP based routes towards the given WBTS for user plane traffic differentation.If you follow the exemplary configuration presented in this document, assign 10 to IP Based Route Id Iub (IPBasedRouteIdIub) and 20 to IP Based Route Id Iub 2 (IPBasedRouteIdIub2).

g It is possible to configure one IP based route per WBTS in the RNC. In this case, only IP Based Route Id Iub must be configured. If there are two VLANs attached to one IP based route, IP Based Route Id Iub 2 does not need to be configured.

If you plan two IP based routes per WBTS, IP Based Route Id Iub 2 can be configured only when IP Based Route Id Iub has been configured. IP Based Route Id Iub 2 is used only for user plane connections. IP Based Route Id Iub is mapped by the system to IP Based Route Identification (IPBasedRouteId) in the respective IPNB object and used during both user and control plane connections.

While configuring IP Based Route Id Iub and IP Based Route Id Iub 2, use the IDs of the IP based routes that have already been configured via MML in the IPA platform. Configuration of IP Based Route Id Iub 2 with a nonexisting IP based route ID is not checked by the system and results with a failure of user plane transport bearer estab-lishment. Configuration of IP Based Route Id Iub with a nonexisting IP based route ID results with the Error 17126 The IP based route ID cannot be found, as this ID is used by the IPNB object during CNBAP link creation.

The control plane traffic uses only IP Based Route Id Iub.

g The RNC type is not visible in WBTS. See the Steps for activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation on the WBTS.

Expected outcomeRAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation has been activated.

Page 163: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 163

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580903044Confidential

3.5.2 Verifying RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation

PurposeFollow the procedure to verify the feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation.

Before you startThe measurements M565 IP measurement on IP interface and M566 UDP measure-ment on IP interface support also the measuring of VLAN interfaces. These measure-ments can be used to verify the correctness of the activation.

Steps

1 Start the M565 IP measurement on IP interface measurement with the RNW Mea-surement Management and RNW Measurement Presentation.Create a new measurement object for the M565 IP measurement on IP interface mea-surement. Choose the VLAN interfaces configured for the user plane traffic.

2 Make suitable calls through the relevant WBTS.

g The measurement object for the M565 IP measurement on IP interface measurement is updated every time the traffic generated by the given call is sent over any of the VLAN interfaces configured for the user plane traffic.

a) Make an AMR, PS RT DCH, PS NRT DCH, or PS RT HSPA call.b) Make a PS NRT HSPA call.

3 Verify the allocation of the generated traffic to the proper VLAN interface.

a) Stop the measurement.b) Verify if the traffic generated by the call has been allocated to the proper VLAN inter-

face in accordance with the PHB profile configuration.If configured as presented in the given example in Activating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation, the traffic generated by the PS NRT HSPA call should be sent over VL20 interface. It is assumed that the PHB=BE is configured only to PS NRT HSPA calls. The traffic generated by all the other types of calls should be sent over VL10 interface.

g For more information on the PHB profile configuration, see step Configure two IP based routes towards the given WBTS for user plane traffic differentation.

Expected outcomeThe feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation has been successfully activated.

Page 164: Activate RU20 Feature

164 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808f8bcdConfidential

3.5.3 Deactivating RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation

PurposeFollow the procedure to deactivate the feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation.

Steps

1 Reconfigure WBTS.Restore the old WBTS configuration so that all traffic types use the same IP address assigned to the Ethernet interface.

2 Reconfigure RNC.Restore the old RNC configuration so that only one IP based route is used by the user plane to reach the WBTS. Configure only one local IP address to be used by the user plane traffic. Configure only one remote IP addresses (the static route towards the given WBTS in the RNC routing table) to be used by both the user and control planes.

3 Open the OMS Element Manager.

4 Go to Tree View:“Configuration Management j Network Topology j Tree View”

5 Reconfigure Iub IP based route identifiers.

a) Open the relevant WBTS object.b) Assign only one IP based route to IP Based Route Id Iub (IPBasedRouteIdIub).c) Assign zero value to IP Based Route Id Iub 2 (IPBasedRouteIdIub2), which

means that the IP based route is not defined.

6 Uninstall the license in the WBTS.

Expected outcomeThe feature RAN1709: VLAN Traffic Differentiation has been deactivated for the relevant WBTS.

Page 165: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 165

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa97Confidential

3.6 Activating RAN1749: BTS Firewall

3.6.1 Activating BTS Firewall

PurposeFollow the procedure to activate the feature RAN1749: BTS Firewall.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1749: BTS Firewall in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature Descriptions.

Before you startFor Iub/Ethernet traffic protection, RAN1749: BTS Firewall requires one of the following features as prerequisite:

• RAN74: IP Based Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS • RAN1634: IP Based Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS • RAN1449: Dual Iub for Flexi WCDMA BTS • RAN1633: Dual Iub for UltraSite WCDMA BTS

The feature RAN1701: AXCF unit for UltraSite WCDMA BTS is required to provide hardware support in UltraSite WBTS.

Steps

1 Enable ICMP Echo Replay in the WBTS.

a) Open the BTS Site Manager.b) In the left navigation bar choose the IP tab.c) In the IP control panel choose the Security tab.d) Check the Enable ping and traceroute box.

g By default, the ICMP Echo Replay is disabled.

For more information on IP filtering in the Flexi WBTS, see Inspecting and modifying IP filtering settings in Integrating and configuring Flexi WCDMA BTS transmission.

For more information on IP filtering in the AXC, see Configuring BTS Firewall in Com-missioning AXC.

Page 166: Activate RU20 Feature

166 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805806fcd7eConfidential

3.6.2 Verifying BTS Firewall

Before you startMake sure the ICMP Echo Replay is enabled.

Steps

1 Verify the enabling of the ICMP Echo Reply.From a remote or local host ping one of the IP addresses configured in the WBTS.

Expected outcomeIf you have received a ping replay from the WBTS, the ICMP Echo Reply has been enabled.

Page 167: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 167

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805806fcd7fConfidential

3.6.3 Deactivating BTS Firewall

Steps

1 Disable ICMP Echo Replay in the WBTS.

a) Open the BTS Site Manager.b) In the left navigation bar choose the IP tab.c) In the IP control panel choose the Security tab.d) Uncheck the Enable ping and traceroute box.

Page 168: Activate RU20 Feature

168 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d77eConfidential

Activate and verify operability and transport features

4 Activate and verify operability and transport features

4.1 Activating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface

4.1.1 Activating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature.

g • Activating the feature might cause temporary downtime during the re-establishment of the BTS O&M interface connections. Setting the TLS operating mode to Forced disconnects the currently open insecure interface connections. Setting the TLS operating mode to Off disconnects the currently opened secure connections.

• Extra load is caused by the Transport Layer Security (TLS) Protocol handshake pro-cedure when the secure BTS O&M interface connections are set up.

Before you startThis feature belongs to the application software and is under license key management.

g Before the RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature can be acti-vated in the RNC, the license (a file including the feature information) must be trans-ferred to and installed in the OMS.

Before activating the feature, download the license for feature with feature code 1244 from Nokia Online Services (NOLS). For information on how to activate the license for the feature with the feature code 1244 in the OMS, see Activating RAN1102: Secure BTS Management Interface. For more information on license management in OMS, see Licensing.

The TLS Handshake procedure requires that peer network elements present valid end-entity certificates on secure BTS O&M connection attempt. The procedure described in this document assumes that private keys and end-entity certificates have been already installed to the AXC and NetAct. For more information, see Managing security with RNC OMS, Activating RAN1102: Secure BTS Management Interface, and NetAct documen-tation.

For more information on the AXC certificate installation, see Commissioning AXC, Installing CA certificates manually and Installing AXC Certificate and AXC private key manually section.

Page 169: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 169

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Activate and verify operability and transport features

Id:0900d8058090d77eConfidential

Steps

1 Start the man-machine interface (MMI)

2 Activate RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature:

• for IPA-RNC, type the following MML command:ZW7M:FEA=1244:ON;

• for mcRNC, type the following SCLI command:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001244 feature-admin-state on

Expected outcomeThe RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature has been activated.

Page 170: Activate RU20 Feature

170 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580902105Confidential

4.1.2 Verifying RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Start the man-machine interface (MMI)

2 Verify the feature activation in the RNC:

• for IPA-RNC, type the following MML command:ZW7I:FEA,FULL:FEA=1244;

• for mcRNC, type the following SCLI command:show license feature-mgmt id 0000001244

Expected outcomeIf the feature has been activated FEATURE STATE parameter value is set to ON

Page 171: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 171

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580902103Confidential

4.1.3 Deactivating RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Manage-ment Interface feature.

Steps

1 Start the man-machine interface (MMI)

2 Dectivate RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature:

• for IPA-RNC, type the following MML command:ZW7M:FEA=1244:OFF;

• for mcRNC, type the following SCLI command:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001244 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeThe RAN1174: Secure AXC NWI3 Management Interface feature has been deactivated.

Page 172: Activate RU20 Feature

172 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa9cConfidential

4.2 Activating RAN1298 and RAN1299: BTS plug-and-play

4.2.1 Activating RAN1298: BTS auto connection

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate RAN1298: BTS auto connection feature.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the BTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature belongs to application software and is under license key management. Make sure you have a valid license (a file including the feature information) installed. To check if the RNC license is activated, use the W7I command. For more information on using the command, see W7 - Licence and Feature Handling.

Before a licensed feature can be activated, the license must be transferred to and installed in the RNC. For information on transferring the license to the RNC, see License management operations in RNC in WCDMA RAN license management.

You can install the license using NetAct or a local MML interface. If you install the license using NetAct, the feature covered by the license is automatically set to the ON state. For information on license management in NetAct, see Managing Licenses, License Manager Help, Licence Manager Technical Reference Guide, and Licence Manager problems in Troubleshooting System Management Problems in Nokia Siemens Networks NetAct documentation.

g BTS plug-and-play feature requires that RAN1299: BTS auto configuration feature license is activated in NetAct.

If you use the MMI, you must also set the feature state (ON/CONFIG/OFF). In new installations, the default state is OFF. For the specific instructions on the license instal-lation in the RNC, see W7L INSTALL OR UPDATE LICENCE in W7 - Licence and Feature Handling.

For more information on license management, see License management principles, and License management in WCDMA RAN.

To set the feature state, use the following command:

ZW7M:FEA=<feature code>:<feature state>

g The feature code for this feature is 1479.

Steps

1 Start the man-machine interface (MMI)

2 Use ZW7M:FEA=1479:ON; MML command to activate the feature

Expected outcomeRAN1298: BTS auto connection feature has been activated.

Use W7I:FEA,FULL:FEA=1479; MML command to verify if the feature has been acti-vated. If the feature has been activated FEATURE STATE parameter value is set to ON

Page 173: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 173

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa9cConfidential

< ZW7I:FEA,FULL:FEA=1479;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 1.20-0FEATURE INFORMATION:----------------------------------------------FEATURE CODE:..............1479FEATURE NAME:..............RAN1298 BTS Auto ConnectionFEATURE STATE:.............ONCOMMAND EXECUTED

g DHCP server in RNC needs to be configured before BTS Auto-Connection can be started, see Configuring DHCP server on RNC in Configuring IP connection for RNC.

DHCP Server Settings in RNC - ExampleFigure 12 presents a simplified example of an RNC, WBTS and CA/CR server. The IP adresses in the figure correspond to the MML printouts in this chapter.

Figure 12 RNC, WBTS, CA/CR settings

OMU

WBTS

RNC

172.16.67.105

NPGEP-0/1

172.16.67.110 (IFFE0)

172.16.58.129 (VL968)

CA/CR

172.16.67.108

DHCP pool for VL968

172.16.58.138 -

172.16.58.142

ZUSI:OMU;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 6.17-1

WORKING STATES OF UNITS 2010-04-30

11:22:01

UNIT PHYS LOG STATE INFO

OMU-0 0000H 4002H SP-EX -

Page 174: Activate RU20 Feature

174 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa9cConfidential

OMU-1 0001H 4002H WO-EX -

NUMBER OF UNITS DISPLAYED = 2

COMMAND EXECUTED

WORKING STATE AND RESTART HANDLING COMMAND

<US>

< ZUSI:NPGEP;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 6.17-1

WORKING STATES OF UNITS 2010-04-30

11:22:06

UNIT PHYS LOG STATE INFO

NPGEP-0 0025H 48DFH WO-EX -

NPGEP-1 0041H 48DFH SP-EX -

NUMBER OF UNITS DISPLAYED = 2

COMMAND EXECUTED

WORKING STATE AND RESTART HANDLING COMMAND <US_>

ZQRI:OMU,1;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 6.15-0

RNC IPA2800 2010-04-30 11:22:18

IINTERROGATING NETWORK NTERFACE DATA

IIF ADM FRAG IF ADDR

UNIT NAME STATE MTU SUPP PRIO TYPE TYPE IP ADDR

------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------------- ---------------- ---------- -----------

OMU-1 EL0 UP 1500 Y - - L 172.16.67.105/28

COMMAND EXECUTED

Page 175: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 175

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa9cConfidential

TCP/IP STACK DATA HANDLING COMMAND <QR_>

<

MAIN LEVEL COMMAND <___>

<QRI:NPGEP,0;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 6.15-0

RNC IPA2800 2010-04-30 11:22:43

INTERROGATING NETWORK INTERFACE DATA

IF ADM FRAG IF ADDR

UNIT NAME STATE MTU SUPP PRIO

TYPE TYPE IP ADDRESS

-------------- -------------

------------ ------------------- --------- ------------ ----------------------------

NPGEP-0 IFAI0 UP 1500 Y U L 172.16.70.178/32

IFAI1 UP 1500 Y U L 172.16.70.194/32

IFFE0 UP 1500 Y L 172.16.67.110/28

IFGE0 UP 1500 Y L

IFGE1 UP 1500 Y L

LO0 UP 1500 Y L 172.16.70.178/30

VL968 UP 1500 Y L 172.16.58.129/28

COMMAND EXECUTED

TCP/IP STACK DATA HANDLING COMMAND <QR_>

<ZQKB:OMU,1;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 6.15-0

RNC IPA2800 2010-04-30

11:23:24

INTERROGATING STATIC ROUTES

ROUTE

Page 176: Activate RU20 Feature

176 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa9cConfidential

UNIT DESTINATION GATEWAY ADDRESS TYPE Preference NBR

----------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------- ------------- -------- --------

OMU-1 DEFAULT ROUTE

172.16.67.97 LOG 0 1

OMU-1 172.16.71.0/24 172.16.67.110 LOG 0 85

OMU-1 172.16.58.128/27 172.16.67.110 LOG 0 115

COMMAND EXECUTED

IP ROUTING DATA HANDLING COMMAND <QK_>

<

MAIN LEVEL COMMAND <___>

<

? ..... DISPLAY MENU

O ..... MANAGE DHCP SERVER STATUS

C: ..... CONFIGURE IP ADDRESS POOL

Q: ..... INTERROGATE IP ADDRESS POOL

D: ..... DELETE IP ADDRESS POOL

K: ..... MANAGE IP ADDRESS RANGE LIST

B: ..... MANAGE POOL BINDING INFORMATION

L: ..... INTERROGATE POOL BINDING INFORMATION

N: ..... CONFIGURE DHCP SERVER OPTIONS

I: ..... INTERROGATE DHCP SERVER OPTIONS

T: ..... MANAGE DHCP SERVER CLIENT STATUS

A: ..... INTERROGATE DHCP CLIENT DYNAMIC INFORMATION

S: ..... MANAGE DHCP SERVER LOGS

G: ..... DISPLAY LOG INFORMATION

Z: ..... RETURN TO MAIN LEVEL

DHCP SERVER DATA HANDL COMMAND <Q9_>

<Q;

Page 177: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 177

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058083aa9cConfidential

INTERROGATE POOL INFORMATION

POOL ID POOL NAME SUBNET/MASK GATEWAY RANGE

-------------------- ------------------ ----------------------- ------------------- --------------

1 BTSDHCP 172.16.58.128/28 172.16.58.129 172.16.58.138

>172.16.58.142

Q9L:;

INTERROGATE POOL BINDING INFORMATION

POOL ID POOL NAME UNIT IF NAME

-------------------- ------------------ ----------------------- ------------------- --------------

1 BTSDHCP NPGEP-0 VL968

COMMAND EXECUTED

Q9I:;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 1.19-0

INQUIRE DHCP VENDOR OPTION IP PARAMETER INFORMATION:

CA/CMP CERTIFICATE

CERTIFICATE

O&M MEDIATOR CA/CMP SERVER SERVER PORT REPOSITORY

REPOSITORY

----------------------- ------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- ---------------------

172.16.67.105 172.16.67.108 8080 172.16.67.108 389

COMMAND EXECUTED

Page 178: Activate RU20 Feature

178 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b5Confidential

4.2.2 Verifying RAN1298: BTS auto connection

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the RAN1298: BTS auto con-nection feature has been successful.

Steps

1 Open the RNC RNW object browser from application launcher

2 Open WBTS object, then check if Auto Connection HW ID (Auto Connection Hardware ID) or Site ID (Auto Connection Site ID) parameter fields are active. Double click on RNC object if WBTS objects cannot be seen.

Figure 13 The BTS object

Page 179: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 179

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b5Confidential

Figure 14 Auto Connection HW ID and Site ID parameters

Page 180: Activate RU20 Feature

180 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b7Confidential

4.2.3 Deactivating RAN1298: BTS auto connection

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate RAN1298: BTS auto connection feature.

Steps

1 Start the man-machine interface (MMI)

2 Use ZW7M:FEA=1479:OFF; MML command to deactivate the feature

Expected outcomeRAN1298: BTS auto connection feature has been deactivated

Use ZW7I:FEA,FULL:FEA=1479; MML command to verify if the feature has been deactivated. If the feature has been deactivated FEATURE STATE parameter value is set to OFF

< W7I:FEA,FULL:FEA=1479;

LOADING PROGRAM VERSION 1.20-0FEATURE INFORMATION:----------------------------------------------FEATURE CODE:..............1479FEATURE NAME:..............RAN1298 BTS Auto ConnectionFEATURE STATE:.............OFFCOMMAND EXECUTED

Page 181: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 181

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

4.2.4 Activating BTS Auto connection and Auto configuration through the NetAct

4.2.4.1 About this chapterThis section provides you information on how to check if all requirements needed for BTS auto connection and BTS auto configuration are met on the NetAct site.

For instructions on manual connection and manual activation of WBTS, see Plan-based roll-out method in Rolling out the WCDMA RAN.

For instructions on using BTS Auto connection and BTS Auto configuration features, see Rolling out the WCDMA RAN document.

This section is intended for operators and administrators of radio networks, and anyone requiring information about the activation procedure of the BTS Auto connection and BTS Auto configuration features.

NetAct compatibility and capacity informationFor information on NetAct system and capacity, and the compatibility between NetAct and network element releases, see the NetAct compatibility and capacity information document.

4.2.4.2 Preconditions and requirements

g Auto connection and Auto configuration features are supported only by FlexiBTS. FlexiBTS version WN6.0 and onwards support these features.

The following NetAct tools are used in the operations:

• CM Editor • CM Operations Manager (Workflow Engine, Plan Actual Compare) • Software Manager

Before starting to use BTS Auto connection and BTS Auto configuration features, the following preconditions have to be met:

• BTS auto connection license is active in the RNC under which you want to auto connect the BTS.

• BTS auto configuration license is active in NetAct. • RNC software version is updated to RN5.0 level. • Autotriggering of WBTS auto configuration is enabled (optional). • E-mail notification properties are configured (optional).

g It is up to Operator to decide whether he wants to have E-mail notification or not.

• Auto Configuration Report is available. • Additionally, the following licenses are active in the NetAct:

Page 182: Activate RU20 Feature

182 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

• The following licenses are recommended to be active in the NetAct:

Chapters below give instructions on how to check these preconditions.

Checking BTS Auto connection feature licenseThis procedure describes how to check if the license for Auto connection feature is active in RNC. Before checking that the needed option is available, upload the latest option information from the RNC.

To check BTS auto connection options1. Open CM Operations Manager.2. Select Upload → New Upload.

Expected outcomeThe Upload dialog opens.

3. Select all the RNC(s) which you want to upload.

Sales item license name

WBTS Autoconfiguration for 3G CM_MGMT_3G_AUTOCONFIGURATION

Remote Site Configuration Manage-ment for 3G

CM_MGMT_3G_SITE_CONFIGURATION

FlexiTRS Parameter Management CM_FLEXI_TRS

XML interface for radio access planning data

XML_RA_PLAN_IF

CM Editor for RAN CM_EDITOR_RAN

CM Operations Manager for RAN CM_OPMGR_RAN

CM Workflow Engine CM_WORKFLOW

Table 15 licenses needed for BTS auto configuration.

Sales item license name

RNC ATM/IP Management CM_RNC_ATM_IP

Direct activation for RNC CM_RNC_DIRECT_ACTIVATION

Plan Actual Compare 3G PLAN_ACTUAL_COMPARE_3G

Table 16 licenses recommended for BTS auto configuration

Page 183: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 183

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

Figure 15 Upload dialog4. Click Start to start the upload operation.

For more information, see CM Operations Manager Help.5. After upload is done, open CM Editor.6. In the Actual Configuration node select the RNC under which you want to perform

the auto connection and auto configuration. 7. Check if the BTS Auto Connection option is visible in the RNC Options param-

eter.

Page 184: Activate RU20 Feature

184 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

Figure 16 BTS Auto Connection option under the RNC Options parameter

g If the BTS Auto Connection option is visible under the RNC Options parameter, the auto connection service is activated in the RNC.

If the auto connection option is not visible, you need to purchase the auto connection option from Nokia Siemens Networks.

Checking BTS Auto configuration feature licenseThis chapter provides instructions on how to check the status of BTS Auto configuration feature license.

g Auto configuration feature is supported only by FlexiBTS.

For further information about BTS Auto configuration feature, see Configuring WCDMA FlexiBTS Using Auto Connection and Auto Configuration document.

g You cannot rely on that if auto connection license exists (in RNC) then also auto config-uration license is active in Configurator.

You have to check the auto configuration license status separately.

To check BTS Auto configuration feature license1. Login to Connectivity Server as omc user.2. Open lmdlicmx.dat license file by running the following command:

Page 185: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 185

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

less /etc/opt/nokia/oss/common/conf/lmdlicmx.datThe lmdlicmx.dat license file lists all active licenses in the system.

3. Check if the licenses needed for BTS auto configuration exist in the lmdlicmx.dat license file.

g Example of the license entry in the lmdlicmx.dat license file:# RAC OSSWxx51 TBD / Configuring and Optimising / Radio Access Configurator / CM Operations Manager RACPMG FEATURE CM_MGMT_3G_AUTOCONFIGURATION lmdntcmx 50.000 01-jan-0 0 4D2BC06FC8067A717740 \ HOSTID=ANY ck=17license entry has the following structure:<sales item> / <functionality area> / <system component> / <feature name>

4. Close the lmdlicmx.dat license file, by putting the following command:q

Checking the version of RNC softwareIn order to support Auto connection and Auto configuration features, the RNC(s) under which you want to perform BTS auto connection and BTS auto configuration should have the RN5.0 software package installed.

This section describes how to check that the RNC is updated to RN5.0 level.

Checking the status of RNC software can be done by using Software Manager or CM Editor.

g It is recommended to use Software Manager to check software version of more than one RNC at the same time.

To check the RNC software (with NetAct Software Manager)1. Open NetAct Software Manager.2. Select RNC as the NE type from the Show: drop-down list.3. Select the appropriate parent network from the Parent tab.

Expected outcomeThe network elements under the selected parent are displayed in the Network elements table on the right-hand side.

4. From the Network elements table select the network elements in which the Auto configuration feature will be activated.

5. Open the New Task tab at the bottom of the pane.The selected network elements are shown in the Selected network elements table on the right-hand side.

6. Select upload from the Task type drop-down list.7. Click the Start Task button to continue.

Expected outcomeThe software information upload starts. You can follow the progress of the upload operation in the Tasks tab.

8. Go to the Network SW Status tab.9. From the Network elements table, check if all selected RNC(s) have the required

software package installed.

Page 186: Activate RU20 Feature

186 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

Figure 17 Software Manager view

If the required software packages have not been installed on all necessary RNCs, you need to download and activate appropriate software packages. For instructions, see Software Manager Help.

To check the RNC software (with CM Editor)1. Open CM Editor.2. In the Actual Configuration node move your mouse cursor on top of the RNC under

which you want to perform the auto connection and auto configuration. 3. Wait until hint window is shown. Hint window shows the RNC software version.

4.2.4.3 Enabling autotriggering of WBTS auto configuration (optional)This section gives instructions on activating the autotriggering of workflow operations in order to commission WBTS without operator user attention.

g This functionality is optional. You can perform this operation manually by using BTS con-figuration trigger workflow in CM Operations Manager’s Workflow Engine. For more information, see chapter Triggering a BTS auto configuration polling mechanism in Con-figuring WCDMA FlexiBTS Using Auto Connection and Auto Configuration document.

To enable autotriggering of WBTS auto configuration1. Login to Connectivity Server as omc user.2. Open crontab file by running the following command:

crontab -e

Page 187: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 187

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

3. Add new line at the end of the crontab file:0,15,45 * * * * /bin/bash -lc "racclimx.sh -v -opsFile /etc/opt/nokia/oss/rac-5.0/conf/opdefs/ops/operations/bts_auto_conf_trigger.xml -op 'BTS auto configuration trigger'"

4. Save and exit crontab file, by running the following command::qw!

Expected outcomecrontab: installing new crontab

4.2.4.4 Configuring e-mail notification (optional)This section describes how to configure e-mail notification functionality. After performing the following procedure, the NetAct system will be able to notify the user about the status of BTS auto connection and auto configuration by sending notification e-mails.

This procedure has two main steps:

• Configuration of SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server in LDAP • Configuration of e-mail notification recipients list

To configure the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server in LDAP1. Login to DS-1 server as root user.2. Add the FQDN of SMTP server in /etc/ClusterConfig.xml file.

<SMTP Setup="yes" FQDN="mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net"/>

g In the above tag, the attribute value mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net should be replaced with adequate domain name of the mail server.

3. Configure the SMTP server entry in LDAP either for adding or deleting using the fol-lowing steps:To add an entry to LDAP, perform the following steps: • In the /tmp directory, create ADD_mail.xml file with the following content:

g In the above step, the ADD_mail.xml file is only an example. You can create an xml file with any name.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?><LDAPContent><LDAPEntry Type="Modify" DN="cn=cluster,ou=config,ou=region-502040,ou=regions,ou=netact,dc=noklab,dc=net" Overwrite="No"><!--Note: In the above tag, the string value "502040"should be replaced with adequate Cluster ID.--><Attr Name="ossSmtpFQDN" Changetype="add"Value="mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net"/><!--Note: In the above tag, the attribute value"mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net" should bereplaced with adequate domain name of the mail server.--></LDAPEntry>

Page 188: Activate RU20 Feature

188 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

</LDAPContent>

• Add the following entry to LDAP using the xml file created:/opt/nokia/oss/bin/XML2LDAP.pl --install --file /tmp/ADD_mail.xml

To delete an entry from LDAP, perform the following steps: • In /tmp directory, create DEL_mail.xml with the following content:

g In the above step, the DEL_mail.xml file is only an example. You can create an xml file with any name.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?><LDAPContent><LDAPEntry Type="Modify" DN="cn=cluster,ou=config,ou=region-502040,ou=regions,ou=netact,dc=noklab,dc=net" Overwrite="No"><!--Note: In the above tag, the string value "502040"should be replaced with adequate Cluster ID.--><Attr Name="ossSmtpFQDN" Changetype="delete"Value="mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net"/><!--Note: In the above tag, the attribute value"mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net" should bereplaced with adequate domain name of the mail server.--></LDAPEntry></LDAPContent>

• Remove the following entry from LDAP using the created xml file:/opt/nokia/oss/bin/XML2LDAP.pl --install --file /tmp/DEL_mail.xml

4. Check the SMTP entry in LDAP by executing the following command:ldapacmx.pl -directQuery "cn=cluster" |grep ossSmtpFQDNThe following is the output:ossSmtpFQDN=mailserver.rc502040.netact.noklab.net

To create an e-mail notification sending list1. Login to Data Storage Server as omc user.2. Open the

/etc/opt/nokia/oss/custom/conf/autoconfiguration_recipients file by running the following command:vim /etc/opt/nokia/oss/custom/conf/autoconfiguration_recipients

g If there is no file, create a new one by running the following command:touch /etc/opt/nokia/oss/custom/conf/autoconfiguration_recipients

3. Add appropriate e-mail address(es) to which you want to send the e-mail notifica-tion.

g Add one e-mail address per line.

Page 189: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 189

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805807138b9Confidential

4. Save and exit the autoconfiguration_recipients file by running the following command::qw!

4.2.4.5 Auto Configuration ReportAuto Configuration Report is a web-based application which allows you to view status of auto configuration of the WBTS(s) in the network.

The configuration of Auto Configuration Report user account does not require any specific steps on the NetAct site. The only thing that need to be done is the first time login to the application.

To open Auto Configuration Report1. In the web browser, enter the following URL:

http://<clustername>.netact.noklab.net/RAC_cmpser/reportwhere <clustername> stands for the host name that has been assigned to the LinAS server. If not known, contact your system administrator.

2. Fill in the Username and Password field.3. Click Login button to enter the Auto Configuration Report.

g Steps 2 and 3 are required only during the first use the application unless you use the logout function.

To exit Auto Configuration ReportTo exit the Auto Configuration Report use one of the following alternatives:a) Close the web browser.b) Click the logout button (to force login operation during the next Auto Configuration

Report opening) and close the web browser.

4.2.4.6 Where to find more informationWhen you perform the tasks described in this section, you may need to refer to other documents for further information. The document list given below contains useful docu-ments and a brief description of their contents.

Help documentsFor more information on using Software Manager, see Software Manager Help.

For more information on using CM Operation Manager, see CM Operations Manager Help.

For more information on using license Manager, see license Manager Help.

Page 190: Activate RU20 Feature

190 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d786Confidential

4.3 Feature RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection, Feature Acti-vation Manual

4.3.1 Activating RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the Iu Link Break Protection feature in the RNC.

Before you startBefore activating Iu Link Break Protection, make sure that features Multiple CN and Flexible Iu are not active.

This feature belongs to application software. Ensure that you have a valid license. This feature is under license key management.

Before licensed feature(s) can be activated, the license (a file including the feature infor-mation) must be transferred to and installed in the RNC. The license can be installed by using NetAct or a local MML interface.

If the installation is done using NetAct, the feature(s) covered by the license are auto-matically set to the ON state. If the installation is done using the MML interface, the feature state (ON/OFF/CONFIG) must be set by the user. In new installations, the default state is OFF. Before activating the feature, set the feature state to ON. For more information on feature states, see Section Installing licenses in the network element in License-based Feature Management.

Licenses or features can be handled using the commands of the W7 command group. For more information, see W7 - license and Feature Handling.

Steps

1 Start the OMS Element Manager.

2 Select Configuration Management -> Network Topology -> Tree View.

3 Click the "+" symbol to expand the objects.

4 Modify the related parameters.The following parameters define the length of delay taking place before the Iu link state change is handled when only one Core Network (CN) service is unavailable:

• IuBarringDelayTimerCS (Iu Barring Delay Timer for CS) in IUCS object • IuBarringDelayTimerPS (Iu Barring Delay Timer for PS) in IUPS object

The following parameters define the number of cells for which the System Information Block (SIB) information is updated at a time when the CN service recovers:

• IuBarringRecoveryGroupCS (Iu Barring Recovery Group for CS) in IUCS object • IuBarringRecoveryGroupPS (Iu Barring Recovery Group for PS) in IUPS object

Page 191: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 191

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d786Confidential

Further informationFor more information on the parameters, see WCDMA Radio Network Configuration Parameters.

Note that if any of the features Multi-operator RAN, Multiple CN, or Flexible Iu is acti-vated, the Iu barring is not longer delayed.

Expected outcomeThe Iu Link Break Protection feature is activated.

Note that the change comes into effect during the 10-minute period following the activa-tion or when the next Iu link state changes.

Further informationAfter activating, there is no need to reset the RNC.

Page 192: Activate RU20 Feature

192 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580858322Confidential

4.3.2 Verifying RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the Iu Link Break Protection feature is active.

g Take the IuCS as an example. The IuPS is the same.

Steps

1 Monitor the link between the RNC and the BTS.You can monitor the NBAP message using a message monitoring tool (for example: wireshark or nethawk).

2 Disconnect the IuCS link.

3 Check that the SIB1 was sent on the Iub interface within the timer range set in parameter IuBarringDelayTimerCS.

4 Recover the IuCS link.

5 Check that the SIB was sent on the Iub interface based on the cell groups setting in parameter IuBarringRecoveryGroupCS. The first SIB is sent to the first cell group as soon as the IuCS link is recovered. The next SIB is sent to the second cell group after a specific timer-defined interval and so on for any remaining groups.

6 After all SIBs are sent, the CS core service is recovered for all impacted cells.

Page 193: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 193

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058081b1a7Confidential

4.3.3 Deactivating RAN1453: Iu Link Break Protection

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the Iu Link Break Protection feature in the RNC.

Steps

1 Start the OMS Element Manager.

2 Select Configuration Management -> Network Topology -> Tree View.

3 Click the "+" symbol to expand the objects.

4 Set the length of the delays to 0.Define the length of the delays with one of the following parameters:

IuBarringDelayTimerCS (Iu Barring Delay Timer for CS) in IUCS object

IuBarringDelayTimerPS (Iu Barring Delay Timer for PS) in IUPS object

Further informationFor more information on the parameters, see WCDMA Radio Network Configuration Parameters.

Expected outcomeThe Iu Link Break Protection feature is deactivated.

Note that the change comes into effect during the 10-minute period following the deac-tivation or when the next Iu link state changes.

Further informationAfter deactivating, there is no need to reset the RNC.

Page 194: Activate RU20 Feature

194 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d788Confidential

4.4 Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction

4.4.1 Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate the following functions of the RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction feature.

1. WBTS-level fault indication2. Suspend mode

g This feature is optional; therefore, no licensing is applied. This feature is active by default and can be deactivated manually.

Steps

1 Open the connection to the required IPA-RNC or mcRNC IP address to start the Man-Machine Interface (MMI) or Structured Command Line Interface (SCLI) respectively.

2 Make sure you are logged into the fsclish interactive mode. The default user account of the mcRNC logs into that mode automatically. To log into fsclish interactive mode manually, use the fsclish command.

3 To activate the WBTS-level fault indication, change the PRFILE parameter 016:0009 value to 1.

• For IPA-RNC use the MML command of: ZWOC:16,9,1; • For mcRNC use the SCLI command of: set app-parameter configuration-

parameter class 16 number 9 value 1

4 To activate the RNW alarm system Suspend mode, change the PRFILE parameter 016:0010 value to 1.

• For IPA-RNC use the MML command of: ZWOC:16,10,1; • For mcRNC use the SCLI command of: set app-parameter configuration-

parameter class 16 number 10 value 1

g This change affects handling of faults generated after the alarm change.

If the number of alarms during the Suspend mode activation time exceeds the defined limit for a certain fault type group, and when a new alarm of that group is received and assigned a suspended status, the alarm indicating the Suspend mode activation is set on.

Page 195: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 195

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d788Confidential

Expected outcomeThe WBTS-level fault indication function and the Suspend mode function of RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction feature have been activated.

Alarm change after the functions are switched to active:

• WBTS-level fault indication switched to activeThe activation affects only alarm setting for the BTS-level failures raised after the functionality is switched to active. Currently active WCEL alarms remain active, and no WBTS-level alarms are set for sites that had failures before the activation of the feature.

• Suspend mode switched to activeThe Suspend mode alarm 2881 RNW ALARM SYSTEM SUSPEND MODE ACTI-VATED is set only if a new alarm is set and the new alarm is assigned the sus-pended status.

Page 196: Activate RU20 Feature

196 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580903b21Confidential

4.4.2 Verifying RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of the following functions of the RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction feature has been successful.

1. WBTS-level fault indication functionality2. The Suspend mode functionality

Steps

g Verifying these functions requires an RNC with at least one working BTS site with multiple WCELs in working state (WO state). During the verification procedure the WCELs are disabled and thus the BTS becomes unavailable for traffic.

Verifying WBTS-level fault indication functionality

1 Ensure that WBTS-level fault indication is active.For details see Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction, section 1.

2 Simulate C-NBAP link break between the RNC and the BTS, for example, by breaking the transmission connection between these elements.

3 Wait one minute.

4 Restore the transmission between the RNC and the BTS.

5 Wait one minute.

Expected outcomeAfter executing step 3, alarm 7786 WCDMA BASE STATION OUT OF USE is set to active and 77xx alarms are not raised for the WCEL objects that were in WO state prior to the transmission break.

After executing step 6, alarm 7786 should no longer be active, and all the WCELs under the BTS should be restored to WO state.

Page 197: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 197

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580903b21Confidential

Steps

Verifying the Suspend mode functionality

1 Open the connection to the required IPA-RNC or mcRNC IP address to start the Man-Machine Interface (MMI) or Structured Command Line Interface (SCLI) respectively.

2 Switch off the WBTS level fault indication. For details see Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction, section 4. This allows to generate enough WCEL alarms in a small environment.

3 Ensure that the Suspend mode is on.For details see Activating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction, section 1.

4 Change the PRFILE parameter 016:0011 value to be low enough for activating the Suspend mode in the system. The value should be lower than the number of working WCELs available in the verifica-tion environment.

5 Simulate a C-NBAP link break for a BTS site (or multiple sites) so that more WCELs are dropped from WO state.

6 Wait three minutes.

7 Restore C-NBAP link(s).

8 Wait three minutes.

Expected outcomeAfter executing step 6, alarm 2881 RNW ALARM SYSTEM SUSPEND MODE ACTIVATED is raised.

After executing step 8, alarm 2881 should no longer be active.

Page 198: Activate RU20 Feature

198 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580903b23Confidential

4.4.3 Modifying RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction functionality

PurposeFollow the procedure below to modify the following feature of the RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction feature.

1. Individual fault type limits2. Threshold limit

For the RNW alarm system Suspend mode, it is possible to change the limit values for individual fault types that can trigger the Suspend mode, and also the threshold value that controls writing of the buffered alarms in the system to the alarm system database in the RNC.

Steps

1 Open the connection to the required IPA-RNC or mcRNC IP address to start the Man-Machine Interface (MMI) or Structured Command Line Interface (SCLI) respectively.

2 Make sure you are logged into the fsclish interactive mode. The default user account of the mcRNC logs into that mode automatically. To log into fsclish interactive mode manually, use the fsclish command.

3 To change individual fault type limits, change parameters 0011-0014 under parameter class 016 within the accepted ranges. Setting the limit value to 0 disables the Suspend mode for the fault type indicated by the <parameter> vari-able.

• For IPA-RNC use the MML command of: ZWOC:16,<parameter>,<limit value in hexadecimal format>;

• For mcRNC use the SCLI command of: set app-parameter configuration-parameter class 16 number <parameter> value <limit value in decimal format>

4 To change the threshold limit after which the buffered alarms in the system are to be written to the alarm database and shown as active alarms:

• For IPA-RNC use the MML command of: ZWOC:16,15,<treshold value>; • For mcRNC use the SCLI command of: set app-parameter configuration-

parameter class 16 number 15 value <treshold value>

g The parameter value should not be increased to the maximum as the alarm system requires some free resources to handle alarms. If the threshold value is too low, any reappearing fault (after corrective actions have been taken according to alarm manual) may become suspended. This can prevent verification of the result of the corrective actions.

Page 199: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 199

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580903b23Confidential

Expected outcomeThe outcome depends on the way the parameters are changed. A fault type specific limit increase may cancel alarm 2881, and cause new alarms to be activated from the buffer in the RNC. Decreasing these limit parameters does not change the number of active alarms displayed, but if the limit is dropped below the current number of active alarms of that fault type, the next alarm set of that fault type group could trigger the Suspend mode on. Increasing the threshold limit may cause some alarms to be activated from the buffer, depending on the ratio of buffered alarms and free alarm system capacity set for the fault type groups.

Page 200: Activate RU20 Feature

200 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580903b25Confidential

4.4.4 Deactivating RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the following feature of the RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction feature.

1. WBTS-level fault indication functionality2. The Suspend mode functionality

Steps

1 Open the connection to the required IPA-RNC or mcRNC IP address to start the Man-Machine Interface (MMI) or Structured Command Line Interface (SCLI) respectively.

2 Make sure you are logged into the fsclish interactive mode. The default user account of the mcRNC logs into that mode automatically. To log into fsclish interactive mode manually, use the fsclish command.

3 To deactivate the WBTS-level fault indication, change the PRFILE parameter 016:0009 value to 0.

• For IPA-RNC use the MML command of: ZWOC:16,9,0; • For mcRNC use the SCLI command of: set app-parameter configuration-

parameter class 16 number 9 value 0

4 To deactivate the RNW alarm system Suspend mode, change the PRFILE param-eter 016:0010 value to 0.

• For IPA-RNC use the MML command of: ZWOC:16,10,0; • For mcRNC use the SCLI command of: set app-parameter configuration-

parameter class 16 number 10 value 0

Expected outcomeThe WBTS level fault indication functionality and the Suspend mode functionality of the RAN1461: RNC RNW alarm reduction feature has been deactivated.

When deactivating the WBTS level fault indication, any 7786 alarms active in the system remain unchanged. They are cancelled when the WCELs are recovered. When deactivating the Suspend mode, the buffered alarms are written to the alarm system as active alarms and any 2881 alarms are cancelled. The number of alarms activated from the buffer depends on the current alarm system capacity for storing new active alarms.

g This change affects the alarm handling of the faults generated after the alarm change. The WBTS-level alarms are cleared only after at least one WCEL is successfully restored to the WO state. If the Suspend mode was deactivated, and the suspend-mode indicating alarm (2881) was active at the time, the alarm system attempts to write any buffered alarms to the alarm system database as active alarms.

Page 201: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 201

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features Activate and verify performance monitoring features

Id:0900d8058090d5b8Confidential

5 Activate and verify performance monitoring features

5.1 Activating RAN1311: Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report

5.1.1 Activating Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report

g Please note that the RNC product naming practice is changing. For more information, see Guide to WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Operating Documentation.

PurposeFollow the procedure below to activate RAN1311: Position information in subscriber trace report in the RNC.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1311: Position information in subscriber trace report in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

Features RAN2.0002: Subscriber Trace and RAN2.0041: LCS - Cell Coverage Based (RTT) with Geographical Coordinates need to be activated before RAN1311 can work. RAN2.0002 and RAN2.0041 are controlled by their own licenses.

g RAN2.0041 requires many parameters to be configured before it can work properly. For details, see Feature RAN2.0041: LCS - Cell Coverage Based (RTT) with Geographical Coordinates, Feature Activation Manual.

Other location services features like RAN223: UE Based A-GPS Using External Refer-ence Network are not mandatory for RAN1311, but they provide enhanced accuracy to the location information. Feature RAN875: Network Based A-GPS Using External Ref-erence Network makes it possible to utilize network-based A-GPS for subscriber trace purposes.

Subscriber trace also utilizes feature RAN1187: SAS-Centric Iupc.

NetAct TraceViewer application is used to view the subscriber trace data. To support the new trace record, NetAct has to be upgraded to OSS5.2 CD1.

RNC license managementThis feature belongs to application software (ASW) and is under license key manage-ment in the IPA-RNC and the mcRNC.

g There is no license control for this feature in the I-HSPA Adapter.

For information on licensing, see Licensing in Activating and Verifying RU20 Features.

g The feature code for this feature is 1434.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

Page 202: Activate RU20 Feature

202 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d8058090d5b8Confidential

Activate and verify performance monitoring features

• for the IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1434:ON;

• for the mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001434 feature-admin-state on

StepsAfter the feature is set to ON state, no further actions are required.

It is not mandatory to change any of the feature parameters during activation, but these parameters can be adjusted if needed:

• RNC/IADA - TraceLCSWaitPeriod

• RNC/IADA - TraceLCSPriority

• RNC/IADA - TraceLCSHorizAccur

• RNC/IADA - TraceLCSVertAccur

g The managed object for the IPA-RNC and the mcRNC is RNC, while for the I-HSPA Adapter this is ADA.

Expected outcomeSubscriber trace data produced by the RNC contains the new UE location trace record.

Page 203: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 203

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808ba424Confidential

5.1.2 Verifying Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report

g Please note that the RNC product naming practice is changing. For more information, see Guide to WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Operating Documentation.

PurposeFollow the procedure below to verify that the activation of Position information in sub-scriber trace report is successful.

Steps

1 Start the subscriber trace session for the IMSI that is used to make the test call.The trace session can be started either using NetAct TraceViewer application or using the following commands:

• MML command for the IPA-RNCZT7T:IMSI=<international mobile subscriber identity>:REF=<trace reference>;

• sCLI command for the I-HSPA Adapter and mcRNCset subs-trace activate-trace imsi <international mobile subscriber identity> trace-ref <trace reference>

2 Make an AMR call with the traced UE and keep the call active for a few minutes.

3 Check if NetAct TraceViewer shows RAN_UELocation records arriving and that they contain valid position information.

For more information on using the MML command, see T7 - Subscriber Trace Handling. For information on TraceViewer application, see NetAct product documentation.

Page 204: Activate RU20 Feature

204 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d805808fc65fConfidential

5.1.3 Deactivating Position Information in Subscriber Trace Report

g Please note that the RNC product naming practice is changing. For more information, see Guide to WCDMA RAN and I-HSPA Operating Documentation.

PurposeFollow the procedure below to deactivate the Position information in subscriber trace report feature.

1 Deactivate the license in the RNC.

• IPA-RNCTo deactivate the feature in the IPA-RNC, use the following command:ZW7M:FEA=1434:OFF;To remove the license from the IPA-RNC, use the following command:ZW7D:<license file name>;

g It is also possible to stop UE Location trace record production by setting the RNC-TraceLCSWaitPeriod parameter to special value 255 (disabled).

• mcRNCTo deactivate the feature in the mcRNC, use the following command:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001434 feature-admin-state offTo remove the license from the mcRNC, use the following command:delete license unique-id <unique-id>

g To disable the feature in the mcRNC, set the RNC-TraceLCSWaitPeriod param-eter to special value 255 (disabled).

• I-HSPA AdapterTo disable the feature in the I-HSPA Adapter, set the IADA-TraceLCSWaitPeriod parameter to value 255.

Page 205: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 205

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907832Confidential

5.2 Activating RAN1312: Channel Element Utilization in WBTS

5.2.1 Activating Channel Element Utilization in WBTS

PurposeFollow this procedure to activate RAN1312: Channel Element Utilization in WBTS in the RNC.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1312: Channel Element Utilization in WBTS in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

Make sure that the WBTS has at least the WN6.0 software installed (the counters intro-duced in this feature do not work in earlier releases).

This feature is controlled by a license. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1490:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001490 feature-admin-state on

StepsAfter the feature is set to ON state, no further actions are required.

Expected outcomeChannel Element Utilization in WBTS feature is active in the RNC.

Page 206: Activate RU20 Feature

206 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907830Confidential

5.2.2 Verifying Channel Element Utilization in WBTS

PurposeFollow this procedure to verify that the activation of Channel Element Utilization in WBTS is successful.

Steps

1 Start the M5001 measurement using the RNW Measurement Management applica-tion in the RNC Element Manager.For details on using the RNW Measurement Management application, see Using the RNW Measurement Management application in Managing and viewing RNC measure-ments.

g The M5001 counters are supported by FlexiBTS Rel1 HW. For FlexiBTS Rel2 with WN7.0 or later SW, start the M5006 measurement.

2 Wait for the next full hour and additional 10 minutes for the measurement data to be transferred to OMS.

3 Check in the RNW Measurement Presentation application (in the RNC Element Manager) if the M5001 measurement data is available and the feature-related counters are updated.For details on using the RNW Measurement Presentation application, see Radio network measurement presentation in Managing and viewing RNC measurements.

Expected outcomeAny counters in range of M5001C15 - M5001C36 have values higher than zero.

g For FlexiBTS Rel2 with WN7.0 or later SW, check the counters in range of M5006C9 - M5006C38.

Page 207: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 207

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907831Confidential

5.2.3 Deactivating Channel Element Utilization in WBTS

PurposeFollow this procedure to deactivate the Channel Element Utilization in WBTS feature.

Steps

1 Uninstall the license in the RNC.

To deactivate the feature, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1490:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001490 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeFeature-related counters are no longer updated.

Page 208: Activate RU20 Feature

208 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907909Confidential

5.3 Activating RAN1509: RAB Bit Rate Counters

5.3.1 Activating RAB Bit Rate Counters

PurposeFollow this procedure to activate RAN1509: RAB Bit Rate Counters in the RNC.

For more information on the feature, see RAN1509: RAB Bit Rate Counters in WCDMA RAN, rel. RU20, Feature descriptions.

Before you startRestart of the RNC and the WBTS is not required after activation of this feature.

This feature is controlled by a license. For information on managing licenses, see Licensing.

To set the feature state to ON, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1435:ON;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001435 feature-admin-state on

StepsAfter the feature is set to ON state, no further actions are required.

Expected outcomeRAB Bit Rate Counters feature is active in the RNC.

Page 209: Activate RU20 Feature

DN0988674 209

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907907Confidential

5.3.2 Verifying RAB Bit Rate Counters

PurposeFollow this procedure to verify that the activation of RAB Bit Rate Counters is successful.

Before you startMake sure that at least one working cell with a possibility to make a PS call is available. Set the uplink and downlink maximum bitrate of the QoS user profile in HLR to 128 kbps.

Steps

1 Start the M1001 measurement (schedule: 7 days, 00:00-24:00, 15 minutes interval) using the RNW Measurement Management application in the RNC Element Manager.For details on using the RNW Measurement Management application, see Using the RNW Measurement Management application in Managing and viewing RNC measure-ments.

2 Wait for the next full 15 minutes till the measurement interval starts.

3 Make one PS data call using the 128 kbps QoS profile.

4 Wait for the next full 15 minutes for the measurement collection and additional 10 minutes for the measurement data to be transferred to OMS.

5 Check in the RNW Measurement Presentation application (in the RNC Element Manager) if the M1001 measurement data is available and the feature-related counters are updated.For details on using the RNW Measurement Presentation application, see Radio network measurement presentation in Managing and viewing RNC measurements.

Expected outcomeCounters M1001C659 and M1001C666 have values higher than zero.

Page 210: Activate RU20 Feature

210 DN0988674

Activating and Verifying RU20 Features

Id:0900d80580907908Confidential

5.3.3 Deactivating RAB Bit Rate Counters

PurposeFollow this procedure to deactivate the RAB Bit Rate Counters feature.

1 Uninstall the license in the RNC.

To deactivate the feature, use the following command:

• for IPA-RNC:ZW7M:FEA=1435:OFF;

• for mcRNC:set license feature-mgmt id 0000001435 feature-admin-state off

Expected outcomeFeature-related counters are no longer updated.